தேடல் விளைவுகள்: 406
UNIT 1 CONCEPTOF SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS 9 Hrs. Concept of stress and strain, Hooke's law-Tension, Compression, and Shear, stress-strain diagram-Poisson's ratio, elastic constants and their relationship- Deformation of simple and compound bars. Principal plane, principal stress, maximum shearing stress - Uniaxial, biaxial state of stress-Mohr's circle for plane stresses.
UNIT 2 ANALYSIS OF BEAMS 9 Hrs. Types of beams and loads-shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilevers, simply supported and overhanging beams. Theory of pure bending- assumptions in the simple bending theory, Flexure formula: its application to beams of rectangular, circular and channel, I&T Sections,: Combined direct and bending stresses in fore mentioned sections.
UNIT 3 DEFLECTION OF BEAMS 9 Hrs. Differential Equation of the Elastic Axis-Deflection and slope of beams-Double Integration, Area Moment and Macaulay’s methods for simply supported, Cantilever and overhanging beams.
UNIT 4 STRESSES IN SHAFTS, HELICAL SPRINGS AND THIN PRESSURE VESSELS 9 Hrs. Torsion of Circular Shafts–Shear Stresses and Twist in Solid and Hollow Shafts. Close and open Coil Helical springs. Stresses in Thin Walled Pressure Vessels.
UNIT 5 COLUMNS AND FAILURE THEORIES 9 Hrs. Columns- Member subjected to combined bending and axial loads, Euler's theory, Crippling load, Rankine's theory. Failure theories - Maximum Stress theory – Maximum Strain Theory – Maximum Shear Stress Theory – Distortion Theory – Maximum Strain energy theory. Max.45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES On completion of the course, student will be able to CO1 - Analysis of different types of stresses and strains. CO2 - Analysis of different types of beams and loads acting on it. CO3 - Analysis of deflections in beams. CO4 - Analysis of stresses in shafts, helical springs and pressure vessels. CO5 - Analysis of Column structure and understanding of failure theories.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Malhotra,D.R.andGupta,H.C. ,“The Strength of Materials”, Satya PrakasanTech.India Publications, New Delhi, 2011.
2. Kazimi.S.M.A., “Solid Mechanics”, TataMcGrawHill,1976. Dym.C.L.and Shames I.H., Solid Mechanics”, McGraw hill,
Kogakusha, Tokyo, 2012.
3. Timoshenko.S.,Young,"Elements of Strength of Material", Vol. I & II, T.Van Nostrand CoInc, Princeton, N.J. 2012.
4. Ferdinand P.Beer, and Rusel l Johnston, E .,”Mechanics of Materials”, SI Metric Edition, McGrawHill, 2011.
5. Rajput. R.K.,”Strength of materials”, Fourth Edition,S.ChandLimited,2007

To impart knowledge to the students about advanced technology in food science and recent trends
adapted in food industry.

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan M
➢ To focus on basics of semiconductor physics, Predominant CMOS technology.
➢ To study challenges of digital VLSI design.
➢ To get an idea about combinational logic circuit using CMOS logic style.
➢ To acquire the knowledge about sequential logic circuit and subsystem design.
➢ To extract the backend VLSI algorithms for ASIC.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 Analyze the AC and DC characteristics of MOSFET.
CO2 Select the suitable style of CMOS logic for the design of combinational logic circuits.
CO3 Analyze the limitations and the inherent trade-offs involved in sequential logic design.
CO4 Analyze the performance of CMOS subsystems and memory structures.
CO5 Evaluate the performance of programmable logic devices and FPGA.
CO6 Create a significant VLSI system design project having a set of objectives criteria and design constraints of ASICs along with algorithms of backend VLSI.

- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
Mechanical Engineering, as its name suggests, deals with the mechanics of operation of mechanical systems. It includes design, analysis, testing, manufacturing and maintenance of mechanical systems.

- Teacher: ARUNKUMAR G
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
- The ability to identify reflects upon, evaluate and apply different types of information and knowledge to form independent judgements.
- Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of learning this subject
COURSE OUTCOME:
· CO1: Apply laws of mechanics to determine efficiency of simple machines with consideration of friction.
· CO2: Understand interference of sound waves and longitudinal standing waves
· CO3: Describe basic definition and conception of materials and physical properties of materials
· CO4: Understand the nature of thermodynamic properties of matter like internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, temperature, pressure and specific volume
· CO5: Understand the properties of light like reflection, refraction, interference, diffraction etc

- ஆசிரியர்: VIJAI ANAND K
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To understand importance of bioethics and biosafety. To understand legal social and economic impacts of biotechnology. To understand regulatory guidelines and their importance. To understand importance of patent.
Ø To understand procedure to apply for patent.
Ø To understand procedure of assessment of biosafety for biotech foods. To understand ethical implications of biotechnology.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO BIOSAFETY
Definition of ethics and Bioethics, Ethics in Biotechnology(positive and negative effects with classical examples – Rice with Vitamin A, No-till Agriculture, cotton without insecticide, reduced need for fertilizer, biological pest control , slow ripening fruits and controlled ripening, fast growing trees and fishes.
UNIT 2 GMO
Guidelines for research with transgenic organisms. Environmental impact of genetically modified organisms (beneficial and hazardous impact), Field trials with GMO, Containment levels. Biosafety protocol, Cartagena Biosafety protocol, Mechanism of implementation of biosafety guidelines. Biosafety and politics. Biosafety database.
UNIT 3 IMPLICATIONS OF BIOSAFETY
Awareness education on genetically engineered organism.-Transgene instability, gene flow, resistance/ tolerance of target organism, increase weedlessness, risks and uncertainty associated with Biotechnology. Containment levels and their impact on Environment- Containment- definition, types of containment, summary of recommended Biosafety levels for infectious agents, detail checklist–premises and lab equipment, Animal facilities, environment.
UNIT 4 GLP AND PATENTS
Gene technology laboratory. GLP and Bioethics- introduction, national Good Laboratory Practices (GLP), the GLP authority functions, Good Laboratory Practices- necessity, aspiration and responsibility. Procedure to apply patent, other intellectual properties viz copy rights, Rights, Plant breeder’s rights, trade secrets/ trade symbol etc. WTO, TRIPS, PCT and GATT. IPR problems and its hindrance.
UNIT 5 ETHICS.
Ethics in clinical trials and Good Clinical Practices (GCP) – Definition of clinical trials and GCP, general information about clinical trials, need to conduct clinical trials, faces ofclinical trials, institutional set ups for conducting clinical trials, ethics in clinical Biotechnology
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Safety Assessment by Thomas, J.A., Fuch, R.L. (2002), Academic Press.
2. Biological safety Principles and practices) by Fleming, D.A., Hunt, D.L., (2000). ASMPress.
3. Biotechnology - A comprehensive treatise. Legal economic and ethical dimensions VCH.Bioethics by Ben Mepham, Oxford University Press, 2005.
4. Bioethics & Biosafety by R Rallapalli & Geetha Bali, APH Publication, 2007
5. Bioethics & Biosaftey By Sateesh Mk (2008), Ik Publishers
6. Biosafety And Bioethics Rajmohan Joshi Publishers
Introduction to pharmacology, scope of pharmacology.
Routes of administration of drugs
General mechanism of drugs action
Drugs acting on the central Nervous system

COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To impart knowledge on Construction and principle operation of Asynchronous and Synchronous machines.
- To impart knowledge on not self-starting AC machines.
- To convey knowledge on speed control of three-phase induction motors.
- To analyze performance characteristics of Synchronous and Asynchronous machines.
- To convey knowledge on synchronized operation of an Alternator with an Infinite bus bar.

- ஆசிரியர்: Abitha Memala W
- To know about the functioning of combinational and sequential logic circuits in detail.
- To analyse the behaviour of CSSN using different tables and diagrams.
- To model a CSSN and to understand its behaviour.
- To understand about Algorithmic State Machines (ASM) and to design digital circuits with the aid of ASM chart.
- To analyse the behaviour of Asynchronous Sequential Circuit (ASN) using different tables and diagrams.
- To implement the digital design using PLDs and FPGAs.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. SUMATHI M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
ÿ To study the characteristics of advanced power semiconducting switches.
ÿ To analyse the on-state and switching losses involved in the operation of power semiconducting switches.
ÿ To study the firing and protection circuits of advanced power semiconducting switches.
- ஆசிரியர்: Bharathi M L
AIRCRAFT COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES
L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the mechanics of composites in micro level and macro level.
To study the plate, shell and sandwich theories of composites for various applications.
To understand the fabrication methods and design of composite structures.
UNIT 1 MICROMECHANICS 9 Hrs.
Introduction - advantages and application of composite materials – types of reinforcements and matrices - micro mechanics
– mechanics of materials approach, elasticity approach- bounding techniques – fiber volume ratio – mass fraction – density
of composites. Effect of voids in composites
UNIT 2 MACROMECHANICS 9 Hrs.
Generalized Hooke’s Law - elastic constants for anisotropic, orthotropic and isotropic materials - macro mechanics stressstrain relations with respect to natural axis, arbitrary axis – determination of in plane strengths of a lamina - experimental
characterization of lamina. Failure theories of a lamina. Hygrothermal effects on lamina.
UNIT 3 LAMINATED PLATE THEORY 9 Hrs.
Governing differential equation for a laminate. Stress – strain relations for a laminate. Different types of laminates. in plane
and flexural constants of a laminate. Hygrothermal stresses and strains in a laminate. failure analysis of a laminate. Impact
resistance and interlaminar stresses. netting analysis.
UNIT 4 SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONS 9 Hrs.
Basic design concepts of sandwich construction - materials used for sandwich construction - failure modes of sandwich
panels - bending stress and shear flow in composite beams.
UNIT 5 FABRICATION PROCESS AND REPAIR METHODS 9 Hrs.
Various open and closed mould processes, manufacture of fibers, importance of repair and different types of repair
techniques in composites – autoclave and non-autoclave methods.
Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 - Understand different constituent materials of composites and properties.
CO2 - Analyze the mechanical behaviour of laminated composites based on fiber direction.
CO3 - Understand the design and failure modes of sandwich composites.
CO4 - Analyse the Hygrothermal property and interlaminar shear strength of composite.
CO5 - Understand fabrication methods based on various applications .
CO6 - Understand different types of repair techniques in composites.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dam Ishai., "Mechanics of Composite Materials", 2010.
2. Autar K Kaw, ‘Mechanics of Composite Materials’, CRC Press, 2012.
3. Madhuji Mukhapadhyay, Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures, University Press, 2012.
4. Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman, L.J., "Analysis and Performance of Fibre Composites," John Wiley and sons. Inc., New
York, 95.
5. Lubin, G., "Handbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glass", Von Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, 1989.
6. Calcote, L R. “The Analysis of laminated Composite Structures”, Von – Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York 1998.
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A: 10 Question of 2 marks each – No choice 20 Marks
PART B: 2 Questions from each unit of internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concepts of applying Aero thermodynamics to air breathing propulsion. To familiarize the student's ability to analyze the concepts of compressor. To understand the basics of Axial Turbine. To understand the basics of Ramjet and Scramjet.
UNIT 1 THERMODYNAMICS OF AIR BREATHING PROPULSION 9 Hrs. History and classifications of Aero engines, Working of gas turbine engine – Thrust equation – Factors affecting thrust – Engine performance parameters – Efficiency, Specific fuel consumption, Methods of thrust augmentation – The propeller, turboprop, turbofan and turbojet engines characteristics.
UNIT 2 INLETS, COMBUSTION CHAMBER AND NOZZLES 9 Hrs. Introduction-Subsonic inlets-Supersonic inlets-Modes of Inlet operation- Gas turbine combustors-Types of combustion chamber-Fuel injector- Flame Tube cooling-Flame Stabilization-Flame holders- Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles – Losses in nozzles –Nozzle efficiency––nozzle choking –Over expanded and under expanded nozzles – Ejector and variable area nozzles.
UNIT 3 AIR COMPRESSOR 9 Hrs. Compressor and its classification- Centrifugal compressor - Work and compression ratio -Performance characteristicsCentrifugal compressor staging- Axial compressor-Work and compression ratio- Degree of reaction- Characteristic performance of a single stage axial compressor- Characteristic performance of a multistage axial compressor- Cascading of axial compressor-Compressor efficiency.
UNIT 4 AXIAL TURBINES 9 Hrs. Axial turbine stage -Velocity triangles and Power output - Elementary theory - Vortex theory- Limiting Factors of gas turbine design-Turbine performance- Turbine Blade cooling- Axial flow Turbine and compressor matching.
UNIT 5 RAMJET AND SCRAMJET 9 Hrs. Operating principle of RAMJET engine- RAMJET with afterburner- RAMJET performance- SCRAMJET working principleProblems faced in supersonic combustion.
Max 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOME On completion of the course, student will be able to CO1 - Understand the working principles of gas turbine. CO2 - Comprehend the sound foundation in the design principles of inlets, combustion chambers, nozzles used in aircraft engines. CO3 - Learn the operation of compressors in aircraft engines. CO4 - Understand the concept of turbines in gas turbine propulsion systems. CO5 - Understand the principle and performance of ramjet and scramjet propulsion. CO6 - Applying the importance of Propulsion to Aircraft system.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Philip Hill and Carl Peterson, “Mechanics and thermodynamics of propulsion”, Pearson India, second edition 2010.
2. V.Ganesan., “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, third edition, 2010.
3. Cohen.H, Rogers.G.F.C. and Saravanamuttoo.H.I.H, “Gas turbine theory”. Pearson education, fifth edition,2001.
4. Rathakrishnan E., “Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics”, Prentice-Hall India, 2012.
5. Saeed Farokhi, “Aircraft Propulsion”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc ., 2009.
6. Rolls Royce Jet Engine – 5thEdition – 1996.

- ஆசிரியர்: MATHIYARASI M
COURSE OBJECTIVES To get clear cut idea about the stability of aircraft at various flight conditions.
UNIT 1 BASIC CONCEPTS 11 Hrs.
Aircraft Axis System, Coordinate Transformation, Aircraft Force Equations, Moment Equations, Basic Concept Of Stability And Control, Longitudinal And Lateral- Directional Equations, Kinematic Equation
UNIT 2 LONGITUDINAL DYNAMIC STABILITY AND CONTROL 12 Hrs.
Stick - fixed stability, control effectiveness, hinge moment, tabs, aerodynamic balancing, effects of freeing the stick. Control forces and force gradients. Critical conditions for stability and control.
UNIT 3 MANEUVERABILITY 11 Hrs.
Effect of maneuvers. Longitudinal dynamic stability, equations of motion of a disturbed aircraft, stability derivatives, characteristic equation for stick fixed case, modes and stability criterion, effect of freeing the stick.
UNIT 4 DYNAMIC STABILITY 11 Hrs.
Brief description of lateral and directional dynamic stability- spiral, divergence and Dutch roll. Response, automatic control, autorotation and spin. Determination Of Neutral Points And Maneuver Points In Flight Tests
UNIT5 MODERN CONTROL THEORY 15 Hrs.
Classical Vs modern control theory, introduction – state-space modeling, canonical transformation, controllability and observability, state-feedback design, application of modern control theory to aircraft autopilot design- stability augmentation, autopilot design, state observer, optimal control, problems . Introduction to aircraft autopilot design using classic control theory. Introduction to nonlinear problems in aircraft flight dynamics - Inertia coupling. - High angle of attack phenomena - Flexibility effects -Divergence.
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Thomas R. Yechout, ‘An introduction to Aircraft Flight Mechanics’, AIAA educational Series; 2003.
2. Bernard Etkin, Lloyd Duff Reid, Dynamics of Flight, Stability & Control, 3rd ed, John Wiley & Sons, 1995
3. Malcom J Abzug, E E. Larrabee, Airplane Stability & Control , 2nd ed, Cambridge University Press,, 2002
4. Nelson. R.C., Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill, 1989.
5. Perkins, C, D.,and Hage, R,E., Airplane Performance, Stability and Control, Wiley Toppan, 1974.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)

This course deals and integrates with the following concepts
- Differentiate baseband and passband transmissions & realize the needs for modulation.
- Explain the Functional blocks of a communication system & Classification of communications based on the type of modulation techniques and channels used.
- Analyze Amplitude modulation and their types (DSB-SC, SSB-SC and VSB) using mathematical equations, Frequency Spectrum, Band Width, and Power relations.
- Demonstrate the generation of AM at the transmitter side and de-modulation process using appropriate circuits.
- Compare FM with AM. Analyze single tone and multi-tone FM using mathematical equations, Frequency Spectrum, and Band Width. Differentiate WBFM from NBFM.
- Relate FM (as Indirect PM) and PM (as indirect FM) using mathematical proof with a functional block diagram set-up.
- Demonstrate the FM modulator (direct and indirect methods) at the transmitter side and demodulator process with suitable circuits.
- Various noise sources and types
- Analyze, AM, PM, PAM, PDM, PPM, and PCM using mathematical equations and demonstrate their modulation and demodulation /techniques.
- Understand the importance of the sampling process in pulse modulation systems and explain various multiplexing techniques with many message inputs.
- Demonstrate the working of AM and FM transmitters, Receivers, and Communication Systems.
- Performance evaluation and selection of appropriate modulation techniques for real-time applications.
- Working with Analog Communication Receivers and Telephone and Television Systems.

- ஆசிரியர்: JEGAN G
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To understand the basic principles and concepts of Artificial Intelligence and Data Science.
- To gain knowledge of various machine learning algorithms and their applications.
- To develop skills in data preprocessing, feature engineering, and model evaluation.
- To explore ethical considerations and challenges associated with AI and Data Science applications
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 - Analyze the software and hardware requirements to work with AI Algorithms.
CO2 - Simulate given problem scenario using appropriate AI libraries.
CO3 - Develop AI programming solutions for given problem scenario.
CO4 - Implement deep learning algorithms and solve real-world problems.
CO5 - Implement AI based edge computing solutions using GPUs.
CO6 - Analyze the performance of various ML algorithms for a specific application.

- ஆசிரியர்: MOHANA PRIYA G
- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
COURSE OUTCOMES On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the construction details of various types of automotive Frames and basic Chassis layouts
CO2 - Understand the basic function steering system and steering components
CO3 - Select the appropriate transmission system for various automobiles
CO4 - Comprehend the final drive system of a vehicle.
CO5 - Apply the knowledge for selection of suitable axles, wheels and tyres for a vehicle.
CO6 - Distinguish various types of suspension system, brake system.

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
- Gain knowledge of the context, concepts and process of entrepreneurship. Be better able to conceive and develop entrepreneurial opportunities. Be able to determine the feasibility of a new business concept.
Unit: I Project planning 12 Hrs
scope – problem statement – project goals – objectives – success criteria –
assumptions – risks – obstacles – approval process – projects and
strategic planning. Project implementation – project resource requirements –
types of resources – men –materials, finance. Case studies.
Unit: II Project monitoring 12 Hrs
Evaluation – control – project network technique –planning for monitoring and evaluation – project audits – project management information system – project scheduling – PERT & CPM –project communication – post project reviews and Case studies. Project team management – recruitment – organizing – human resources – team operating rules – project organization – various forms of project organizations. Closing the project – types of project termination – strategic implications – project in trouble – termination strategies – evaluation of termination possibilities.
Unit: III Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship 12 Hrs
Ideas to Reality, Proof of Concepts to Product realization, Strategic Management, Forms of Ownership and Franchising, Buying an existing Business, Business Models, Mobilization of Financial resources; Bank loans & Venture capitalism. Building a good Marketing Plan, Concepts in MSME. Accounting for planning, control, and motivation. Factors influencing capital acquisition and allocation. Financial decision making; Decision making under uncertainty; positive and normative models; Current issues in financial management. Case studies.
Unit: IV Industrial R&D and product development 12 Hrs
Product development and project management in Agri, Pharma, Health and other biotech industries. Overview of issues and techniques involved in conducting & outcome of research. The multidisciplinary nature of outcomes research: research design and methods, data collection measurement instruments and clinical endpoints, quality of life issues, behavior change, and cost-effectiveness. Analysis Transition from R&D to business units. Product development, market learning and transition from R&D. Management of radical innovation technologies vs. stage gate approach in product development. Case studies.
12 Hrs
Unit: V Rights and responsibilities of business
under the Indian Constitutional system.
Basic standards, rules, principles and issues relating to the law of
corporations; core issues affect the corporate governance of business;
relationship between management, boards and shareholders. Business laws
applied to Biotech industries. Regulatory issues in Biotech industries with
special reference to clinical trial of pharma products and field trials of
Agricultural products. Regulatory processes details. Intellectual property
in biotech. Business. Models around intellectual property, licensing issues.
Product development for commercial ventures. Bioethics and Current legal
issues. Ethics of new technology. Case studies.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dayanandan Anandan
This course provide the general introduction to different types of Immune cells, their function, cross talks and activation mechanism. Also gives over view about the primary and secondary immune organs, B-Cell, T-cell biology and their surface receptor. Immune responses, antigen nature, hypersensitivity, tumor immunology and autoimmune responses are covered in detail.

Scope: This subject is designed to impart fundamental knowledge of the structure and functions of the various systems of the human body. It also helps in understanding both homeostatic mechanisms. The subject provides the basic knowledge required to understand the various disciplines of pharmacy.
Objectives: Upon completion of this course the student should be able to
- Explain the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.
- Describe the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.
- Identify the various tissues and organs of different systems of the human body.
- Perform the various experiments related to special senses and the nervous system.
- Appreciate coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system

- ஆசிரியர்: Harini R R
- ஆசிரியர்: SAI HARINI S
The purpose of this course is to introduce to students a number of health issues and their challenges. This course also introduced a number of national health programmes. The roles of the pharmacist in these contexts are also discussed.

- ஆசிரியர்: Magaline Breezy M.K
- ஆசிரியர்: Harini R R
- ஆசிரியர்: Monisha S
Students will be able to:
• Identify and describe distinct literary characteristics of British literature from beginnings to the 18th century
• Identify the distinct literary genres of the tragedies, comedies, and histories present in Shakespeare's work • Demonstrate greater reading fluency of Elizabethan English
• Analyze Shakespeare's plays for their structure and meaning, using correct terminology
• Write analytically about Shakespeare's works, using MLA guidelines
• Effectively communicate ideas related to Shakespeare's plays during class and group activities.

Course Objectives:
● To introduce the student to British poetry
● To immense drama from the age of Chaucer to Milton.
● To comprehend the development of trends in British drama and poetry. .
● To understand the theme, structure and style in British poetry, drama.
- ஆசிரியர்: LIZY BOSCO
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To focus on basics of semiconductor physics, Predominant CMOS technology.
- To study challenges of digital VLSI design.
- To get an idea about combinational logic circuit using CMOS logic style.
- To acquire the knowledge about sequential logic circuit and subsystem design.
- To extract the backend VLSI algorithms for ASIC.
On completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 - Remember the mathematical methods and circuit analysis models in analysis of CMOS transistors and inverters.
CO2 - Recognize the different styles of CMOS logic for combinational logic circuit circuits.
CO3 - Apply the performance issues and the inherent trade-offs involved in sequential logic design. CO4 - Analyze the design of CMOS subsystems, memory structures.
CO5 - Evaluate the design of programmable logic devices and FPGA.
CO6 - Create a significant VLSI system design project having a set of objectives criteria and design constraints of ASICs
along with algorithms of backend VLSI.

- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: Krishnaprasanna R
COMPUTER AIDED ENGINE DESIGN LAB
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Design and drawing of piston.
2. Piston pin and piston rings and drawing of these components.
3. Design of connecting rod small end and big end, shank design, design of big end cap, bolts and drawing
of the connecting rodassembly
4. Design of crankshaft, balancing weight calculations.
5. Development of short and long crank arms, front end and rear end details, drawing of the crankshaft
assembly.
6. Design and drawing of flywheel.
7. Ring gear design, drawing of the flywheel including the development of ring gear teeth.
8. Design and drawing of the inlet and exhaust valves.
9. Design of cam and camshaft, cam profile generation, drawing of cam and camshaft.
10. Design of combustion chamber.
COMPUTER AIDED CHASSIS DESIGN LAB
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Design of heavy duty vehicle frame (Leyland, Tata etc.)
2. Design of light duty vehicle frame (Ambassador, Maruti van etc.)
3. Front bumper crashworthiness optimization.
4. Simulation of full-scale passenger car impacts.
5. Design of front axle and rear axle
6. Automotive styling: sketching, modeling, surfacing and visualization.
7. Design of differential
8. Design of steering systems along with any two types of steering gear box
9. Design of braking systems – hydraulic servo vacuum, compressed air power brakes.
10. Design of leaf spring, coil spring, torsion bar spring, hydraulic shock absorber
11. Design of clutch assembly of different types
12. Design of gear Box

- ஆசிரியர்: Sangeetha M
1.Display a working knowledge of the cultural and historical contexts of significant works prescribed for study
2. Identify and describe distinct literary characteristics of contemporary literature and demonstrate an understanding of how 21st century culture, trends, and historical events affect the literature produced today.
3. Analyze literary works from various genres for their structure and meaning, using correct terminology.
4. Write analytically about contemporary literature .
5. Effectively communicate ideas related to the literary works during class and group activities.
- ஆசிரியர்: LIZY BOSCO
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enrich the students in the field of Cryogenic Engineering and its Applications.
To learn the various Refrigeration processes, Equipment, Instruments, gas separation and Purification processes.
UNIT 1 CRYOGENIC FLUIDS AND MATERIAL PROPERTIES 9 Hrs.
Cryogenic Engineering – Properties of cryogenic fluids – Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Neon, Flourine, Helium. Hydrogen, Properties of Solids – Mechanical, Thermal, and Electrical-Super conductivity, Cryogenic applications.
UNIT 2 CRYOGENIC REFRIGERATION AND GAS LIQUEFACTION 9 Hrs.
Principle – Joule Thomson Expansion, Cascade processes, Ortho para hydrogen conversion, cold gas refrigerators, LindeHampson cycles, Claude and cascaded systems, magnetic cooling, Stirling Cycle, Pulse Tube refrigeration.
UNIT 3 CRYOGENIC EQUIPMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 9 Hrs.
Cryogenics- Heat Exchangers, Compressors, Expanders, Effect of various parameters in performance and system optimization. Insulation and Storage equipment for cryogenic fluids, industrial storage and transfer of cryogenic fluids.
UNIT 4 GAS SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION 9 Hrs.
Ideal gas, Mixture characteristics – composition diagrams – gas separation – Principle of Rectification process– principle and working of air separation, principle and working of gas purification.
UNIT 5 CRYOGENIC INSTRUMENTATION 9 Hrs.
Grinding process; cylindrical grinding, surface grinding, center less grinding – honing, lapping, super finishing, polishing, buffing and hobbing. Metallic Coatings; electro plating, galvanizing, tin coating, anodizing. Organic Finishes; primers, oil paint, brushing, spraying and rubber base coatings.
Max.45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 - Describe the basic concepts of various cryogenic fluids and materials.
CO2 - Understand the cryogenic refrigeration and gas liquefaction.
CO3 - Understanding the working principles of cryogenic equipment.
CO4 - Understanding the working of gas separation and purification.
CO5 - Understanding the instrumentation of cryogenic technology
CO6 - To design the cryogenic system based on the application.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Randal F. Barron, Cryogenic Systems, McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Cryogenic Engineering, Van Nostrand Co. Inc. 2011.
3. Klaus D. Timmerhaus, Richard Palmer Reed, Cryogenic Engineering: 50 years of progress, Springer, 2011.
4. Hastlden, C., “Cryogenic Fundamentals”, Academic Press, 2001.
5. Walker, “Cryocoolers”, Plenum Press, 2000.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
Data Communication is exchange of information through a transmission medium may be wired or wireless. Network is a set of devices connected by a communication link. Hence the course focuses on how communication is managed in a network and its basic protocols.
This course comprises of totally five chapters including the basics of data communication and networking concepts and various protocols in Physical, Data link and Transport Layers.

- ஆசிரியர்: Barani S
- ஆசிரியர்: LAKSHMI S
- ஆசிரியர்: POORNAPUSHPAKALA S
- ஆசிரியர்: V.J.K.Kishor Sonti
Broad outline of theoretical, clinical and practical courses. 1, Study of Dental Anatomy, Oral Histology, Physiology and Embryology of oral tissues. 2. Oral biology of hard and soft tissues. Study of clinical changes and their significance to dental and oral diseases. 3. Tooth Carving Exercises. 4. Maintenance of records of all activities.

- ஆசிரியர்: Khadijah Mohideen
- ஆசிரியர்: Indu Bharkavi S K
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To provide a clear understanding on the basic concepts, Building Blocks of Embedded Systems.
- To teach the fundamentals of Embedded processor Modeling, Bus Communication in processors, Input/output interfacing.
- To introduce processor-scheduling algorithms, Basics of Real time operating systems.
- To discuss on aspects required in developing a new embedded processor, different Phases& Modeling of embedded system.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 - Describe the components of embedded system and different communication protocols.
CO2 - Describe the differences between the general computing system and embedded system, also recognize the
classification of embedded systems.
CO3 - Attain expertise with embedded system development and debugging tools.
CO4 - Apply the interrupt service mechanism in the design of embedded system.
CO5 - Design of real time embedded systems using the concepts of RTOS.
CO6 - Articulate the role of embedded systems in industry and provide feasible design solutions for given problem
statement.

After the completion of this course, Students will be able...
To know the principles of formatting (sampling , quantization and encoding)
To analyze the various Base Band signaling schemes.
To analyze various digital modulation techniques and compare with analog modulation techniques
To under stand the basics of source and channel coding/decoding.
To review the basics of spread spectrum modulation schemes

- ஆசிரியர்: JEGAN G
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To know the principles of sampling & quantization.
To understand the various Base Band signaling schemes.
To introduce the basic concepts of digital modulation of baseband signals.
To get introduced to the basics of source and channel coding/decoding.
To understand the basics of spread spectrum modulation schemes.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Design PCM systems.
CO2 - Apply the knowledge of signals and system and evaluate the performance of digital communication system in the presence of noise.
CO3 - Design and implement band pass signaling schemes and analyze the spectral characteristics of band pass signaling schemes.
CO4 - Design encoder and decoder for the error control codes like block code, cyclic code. CO5 - Analyze the digital communication system with spread spectrum modulation.
CO6 - Examine the theoretical concepts through laboratory experiments, analyze and interpret the results to provide valid
conclusions.

- ஆசிரியர்: JEGAN G
This course introduces students to documentary film production using digital video, with an emphasis on the practical challenges of working in the real world. While students learn the traditional methods of production, they are also encouraged to range widely in their thinking about how to document daily life.
After taking this course the students are expected to have familiarized
themselves with the art of socially engaged storytelling through documentary
film. Moreover, this module is an exercise in creative group work in the field
of social sciences that seeks to equip the students with increasingly sought
after skills of understanding, producing and using media in the digital age.

- ஆசிரியர்: Prasanna Lakshmi S
COURSE OBJECTIVES
ÿ To Give a Introduction to Electrical machines.
ÿ To explain how electrical power is converted in to mechanical Power.
ÿ To explain how Mechanical power is converted in to Electrical Power.
ÿ To explain the importance of load test on the electrical machines.
- ஆசிரியர்: Bharathi M L
ELEMENTS OF TEXTILES
Course Code -SFD1103
ObjectiveElements of Textiles is to understand the important characteristic of different fabrics used Commercially. Students will learn to identify various fabrics textile by their look, appearance and feel. The knowledge gained through this subject will enable to select the right fabric for a particular end-use. They will be introduced to Basic surface ornamentation like Embroidery .
UNIT I
Introduction to Fibers - Classification of Textile fibers - Natural and Manmade fibers. Primary and secondary characteristics
of textile fibers. Swatch file collection with different types of fibers - Cotton, Linen, Wool, Synthetic.
UNIT II
Manufacturing process, properties and uses of natural fibers and Manmade fibers. Natural Fibers – cotton, linen, jute, silk,
wool, and hair fibers. Manmade fibers – Rayon and its types, nylon, polyester and acrylic.
UNIT III
Spinning - Introduction, Spinning methods - Chemical Spinning and Mechanical Spinning. Chemical spinning – Wet, Melt &
Dry spinning of filament yarns. Mechanical Spinning – cotton system - sequence of process, objectives of blow room,
carding, drawing, combing, roving and ring spinning.
UNIT IV
Yarn – definition. Properties of Yarn - Yarn numbering systems – Direct and indirect system of yarn count. Yarn twist.
Classification of yarns – Simple yarn, Single yarn, Ply yarn, Novelty Yarns.
UNIT V
Basic fabric formation methods – Woven, Knitted and Nonwoven fabrics. Manmade Weaving process - Basic weaves used
in commercial fabric - End use of fabrics - different type of weaves. Introduction to knitting, Types of Knitting, Applications of
knitwear. Fabric Sourcing and market awareness - Fabric Analysis - Swatch file collection with various types of weaves and
fabrics.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Classify the various sources of fibers and
CO2: Elaborate the manufacturing process of fibers
CO3: Understand the process of spinning sequences.
CO4: Classify yarns and analyze its attributes.
CO5: Understand the different types of fabric formation methods
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Textiles, Sara J. Kadolph, Pearson publication, 2009.
2. Fabric Science -5th edition, Joseph J Pizzuto, Fairchild Publications, Newyork ,1980.
3. Handbook of Nonwovens- Edited by R J Russell, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, England, 2007.
4. Knitting Technology- B.Ajgoankar, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 1998.
5. Fibre to Fabric, Bernard P Corbman, (6th edition), Tata McGraw - Hill Education, 2003

Introduce the students to the issues and challenges in developing software for embedded systems.
Educate the students in formal modeling, design and development methodologies.
Expose the students to software tools and techniques used in the development process.

To understand the concept of Statics.
To appreciate the concept of Equilibrium.
To recognise properties of surfaces and solids.
To learn the theory of Friction.
To acquire the concept of Dynamics.
- ஆசிரியர்: RAM PRAKASH S
|
SPYA1202 |
Professional Elective II Environmental Psychology |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
UNIT I(15 hours)
Environmental Psychology: History – Scope - Research Methods: Questionnaire studies - Laboratory experiments - Computer simulation studies - Field studies -Case studies- Overconsumption: Our Ecological Footprint – Energy – Water – Food -Material Goods.
UNIT II(15 hours)
Climate Change as a Unique Environmental Problem: Public Understanding of Climate Change - Assessing the Risk of Climate Change - Environmental Stress: Conceptualizations of Stress - Effects of Environmental Stress
UNIT III (15 hours)
Measuring Environmental Behaviour Values and Pro - Environmental Behaviour -Theory of Planned Behaviour - Protection Motivation Theory - The Norm Activation Model - The Value‐Belief‐Norm Theory of Environmentalism - Goal‐Framing Theory
UNIT IV (15 hours)
Social Norms and Pro - Environmental Behaviour, Emotions and Pro - Environmental Behaviour, Symbolic Aspects of Environmental Behaviour-Restorative Environments Research: Stress Recovery Theory - Attention Restoration Theory
UNIT V (15 hours)
Informational Strategies to Promote Pro- Environmental Behaviour: Changing Knowledge, Awareness, and Attitudes - Encouraging Pro Environmental Behaviour with Rewards and Penalties - Persuasive Technology to Promote Pro - Environmental Behaviour
- ஆசிரியர்: SATHISH KUMAR S
This course introduces you to the study of human-environment interactions from a geographic perspective, with a special emphasis on agriculture. ... These themes include: human population growth, consumption, biodiversity, climate change, and environmental health.

- ஆசிரியர்: Priyadarshini R
- ஆசிரியர்: Krithika S
Scope: This subject is designed to impart fundamental knowledge of the structure and functions of the various systems of the human body. It also helps in understanding both homeostatic mechanisms. The subject provides the basic knowledge required to understand the various disciplines of pharmacy.
Objectives: Upon completion of this course the student should be able to
1. Explain the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.
2. Describe the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.
3. Identify the various tissues and organs of different systems of the human body.
4. Perform the various experiments related to special senses and the nervous system.
5. Appreciate the coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Aishwarya Srinivasan
|
SPYA4201 |
Core Practical 1 Experimental Psychology 1 |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
00 |
0 |
4 |
2 |
100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES: 30 Hours
· To facilitate psychological testing and measurement, in view of an in-depth understanding of psychological processes.
Students are expected to administer, score and interpret ten of the following category.
1. Stress Coping Techniques
2. Meta Cognition Inventory
3.Self Concept Rating Scale
4.PGI Memory Scale
5.Human Maze Learning
6.Span of attention (Tachistoscope)
7.Study habits inventory
8.Comprehensive interest schedules (Female & Male)
9.Bells Adjustment Inventory
10. Muller lyer Illusion
11. Creativity test
References
1. Woodworth, R.S. and Scholesberg (1972) Experimental psychology. Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
2. Anastasi. & Susana Urbina (2004) 7th Edition.Psychological Testing, Pearson Education Inc., New Delhi.
3. Cronbach, L.J. (). Essentials of Psychological Testing.
4. Parameswaran & Ravichandra (2003) Experimental Psychology. Neel Kamal Publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Students will understand psychological testing and measurement, in view of an in-depth understanding of psychological processes.
2. Students will evaluate major concepts and empirical findings in tests and measurements.
3. Students will analyse real examples of psychological tests for usefulness, applicability, strengths and weaknesses, and validity.
4. Students will apply methods for evaluating the quality of psychological tests to real examples of psychological tests.
5. Students will remember knowledge of testing methods to measurement in real world situations.
6. Students will create material that compares and contrasts perspectives on some controversial issue (e.g., intelligence testing) within the field of psychological testing.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Parveen Banu R
SPYA4201 | Core Practical 1 Experimental Psychology 1 | L | T | P | Credits | Total Marks |
00 | 0 | 4 | 2 | 100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES: 30 Hours
· To facilitate psychological testing and measurement, in view of an in-depth understanding of psychological processes.
Students are expected to administer, score and interpret ten of the following category.
1. Stress Coping Techniques
2. Meta Cognition Inventory
3.Self Concept Rating Scale
4.PGI Memory Scale
5.Human Maze Learning
6.Span of attention (Tachistoscope)
7.Study habits inventory
8.Comprehensive interest schedules (Female & Male)
9.Bells Adjustment Inventory
10. Muller lyer Illusion
11. Creativity test
References
1. Woodworth, R.S. and Scholesberg (1972) Experimental psychology. Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
2. Anastasi. & Susana Urbina (2004) 7th Edition.Psychological Testing, Pearson Education Inc., New Delhi.
3. Cronbach, L.J. (). Essentials of Psychological Testing.
4. Parameswaran & Ravichandra (2003) Experimental Psychology. Neel Kamal Publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Students will understand psychological testing and measurement, in view of an in-depth understanding of psychological processes.
2. Students will evaluate major concepts and empirical findings in tests and measurements.
3. Students will analyse real examples of psychological tests for usefulness, applicability, strengths and weaknesses, and validity.
4. Students will apply methods for evaluating the quality of psychological tests to real examples of psychological tests.
5. Students will remember knowledge of testing methods to measurement in real world situations.
6. Students will create material that compares and contrasts perspectives on some controversial issue (e.g., intelligence testing) within the field of psychological testing.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To introduce students to aspects of fashion marketing and retailing
- To impart knowledge about various product standards and product specifications and the process of product development towards market need.
UNIT I (9Hrs)
Market - Meaning, Definition and Classification; Fashion Market - Activities of Fashion Marketing, Fashion Market Size and Structure, Marketing Environment - Micro and Macro Marketing Environment.
UNIT II (9Hrs)
New product development - Planning, design and development – Product Classification, Product life cycle – Concept of Marketing Mix, Market Segmentation, Targeting and positioning - Perpetual mapping- Product Mix and Range planning. Marketing research process. Pricing - objectives and methods of setting prices.
UNIT III (9Hrs)
Distribution Channels - Types, Levels, development. Promotion Mix – Analytical tools- BCG matrix, GE model. Consumer Behavior - influencing factors – Consumer Buying process. Types of Buyers. Brand development- Branding and its importance in Marketing. Retailing and wholesaling – promotion methods.
UNIT IV (9Hrs)
Fashion Retailing - Classification of Retailers – Onsite Retailing and Off-site Retailing; Types of Retail Store; Merchandising mix- Order Management- Out Sourcing – Vendor Management – Export Documents. Role of a fashion buyer, Fabric sourcing, Garment sourcing, Local sourcing, National sourcing & International sourcing. Range Planning.
UNIT V (9Hrs)
Fashion sales promotional programme for fashion marketing, communication in prop motion, Personal selling, and point of purchase. Fashion Advertising and preparation of advertising for apparel market, Advertising media used in apparel market, Apparel & Textile Trade s

Fashion Marketing and Retailing
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To introduce students to aspects of fashion marketing and retailing
- To impart knowledge about various product standards and product specifications and the process of product development towards market need.
UNIT I (9Hrs)
Market - Meaning, Definition and Classification; Fashion Market - Activities of Fashion Marketing, Fashion Market Size and Structure, Marketing Environment - Micro and Macro Marketing Environment.
UNIT II (9Hrs)
New product development - Planning, design and development – Product Classification, Product life cycle – Concept of Marketing Mix, Market Segmentation, Targeting and positioning - Perpetual mapping- Product Mix and Range planning. Marketing research process. Pricing - objectives and methods of setting prices.
UNIT III (9Hrs)
Distribution Channels - Types, Levels, development. Promotion Mix – Analytical tools- BCG matrix, GE model. Consumer Behavior - influencing factors – Consumer Buying process. Types of Buyers. Brand development- Branding and its importance in Marketing. Retailing and wholesaling – promotion methods.
UNIT IV (9Hrs)
Fashion Retailing - Classification of Retailers – Onsite Retailing and Off-site Retailing; Types of Retail Store; Merchandising mix- Order Management- Out Sourcing – Vendor Management – Export Documents. Role of a fashion buyer, Fabric sourcing, Garment sourcing, Local sourcing, National sourcing & International sourcing. Range Planning.
UNIT V (9Hrs)
Fashion sales promotional programme for fashion marketing, communication in prop motion, Personal selling, and point of purchase. Fashion Advertising and preparation of advertising for apparel market, Advertising media used in apparel market, Apparel & Textile Trade shows and fairs. Advertising department and advertising agencies – structure and functions. Advertising Budget
TEXT /REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fashion Marketing- Mike Easey, Black Well Science Ltd., United Kingdom. 1995.
2. Apparel Merchandising, An Integrated Approach, Krishnakumar.M, Abishek Publications 2010.
3. Apparel Merchandising, Robin Mathew, Book Enclave Publishers, Jaipur (2008).
4. Retail Management, Chetan Bajaj, RajnishTuli and Nidhi.V.Srivastava, Oxford University Press, New Delhi 2005.
5. Advertising, C N Sonatakki, Kalyani Publishers New Delhi 1989.
6. Marketing, RSN Pillai and Bhagavathi.S, Chand And Company Ltd, New Delhi 1987.
7. Fashion retailing: A multi-channel approach Diamond, ENew Jersey: Pearson/Prentice Hall. 2006.
8. Inside the fashion business.Jarnow, J., Guereira, M. & Judelle, B. (4thEd.). MacMillan: New York, 1987.
9.. Fashion marketing, Ed. Hines, T. and Bruce, M. Buttersworth Heinemann,Oxford. 2001

- ஆசிரியர்: Priyadarshini R
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To impart knowledge about fashion Industry.
- To Understand fashion Basics and terminologies.
- To know the various international fashion centers Brands.
UNIT I
Introduction to fashion - definition and origin. Fashion terminologies – Classic, FAD, Style, Trend, prêt-à-porter, Mass Fashion, Street Fashion, Fashion forecasting, Boutique, Haute couture, line, Collection, Avantgarde, Custom made. Factors influencing fashion – Political and legal, Geographic, Demographic, technological, economic, social and cultural, factors, Life style changes etc.
UNIT II
Levels of fashion industry- Couture, Ready to wear, Mass production. Fashion Focus –The designers Role, The Manufacturers Role, The Retailers Role. Scope of Fashion Business – Primary Level, Secondary Level, Retail level and the Auxiliary level.
UNIT III
Types of designers – High fashion Designer, Stylist, and Freelance Designer. Sources of design inspiration. Biography of various Indian Fashion designers - Manish Malhotra, Ritu kumar, Ritu berri, Tarun Tahilani, Wendell Rodricks, Abu Jani and Sandeep Khosla, JJ Valaya, Manish Arora, and Rohit Bal. Study of international Designers - Coco Chanel, CK, Donatella Versace, Gucci, Giorgio Armani.
UNIT IV
Study of International Fashion centers – France, Italy, England, Germany, Canada, New York. Study of Fashion Brands –National Brand - International Brand - Designer Brand, Luxury fashion brand.
UNIT V
Theories of Fashion - Trickle up, Trickle-down and Trickle across. Fashion Cycle - Classic, FAD, Trend, Style. Fashion Seasons – International market and Indian market. The concepts of formal wear, casual wear, party wear, sportswear, jeanswear, swimwear, beachwear, and its functional aspects.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the students will able to
CO1: Gain knowledge on fashion terminologies.
CO2: Understand the levels of fashion Industry.
CO3: Obtain knowledge about the success of various fashion designers.
CO4: Gain knowledge on Fashion Capitals and Fashion Brands.
CO5 Understand the theories of fashion.

- ஆசிரியர்: gayathri N
A more advanced technique of dental prosthesis which involves preparation of supporting teeth and elaborate/laborious laboratory procedures in fabricating a fixed denture with extensive knowledge in materials used, such as casting alloys, casting procedures, and investments, dental ceramics. This course deals with the biological, mechanical, and aesthetic details in fabricating a fixed partial denture for adults.

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To create a strong base on the various sensors and transducers in mechanical system, interdisciplinary
applications of Electronics, Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Systems for the Control of Mechanical and
Electronic Systems
To design control system for computer application like CNC.

- Teacher: Ravi Kumar D N S
To suggest synthetic route for simple organic
compounds with stereochemistry
To make the students understand and appreciate the concept
of stereochemistry and reaction mechanism
To know the nature of addition in pericyclic
reactions
To learn the alpha cleavage and gamma hydrogen
transfer reactions
To understand the photochemical organic reactions
and rearrangement reactions
- ஆசிரியர்: K CHENNAKESAVULU
SMEA1602 GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION
(Use of approved gas tables is permitted)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To discuss the concepts of compressible and Incompressible fluids.
To understand Mach number variation on area ratio.
To impart in depth knowledge on the flow characteristics through constant area duct.
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOW 9 Hrs.
Concept of compressible flow, Energy and momentum equations, various regions of flow, fluid velocity, stagnation state, velocity of sound, critical states, Mach number, critical mach number, Crocco number, types of waves, mach cone, mach angle, effect of mach number on compressibility.
UNIT 2 FLOW THROUGH VARIABLE AREA DUCTS 9 Hrs.
Isentropic flow through variable area duct, T-S and h-s diagrams for nozzle and diffuser flows, area ratio as a function of Mach number, Mass flow rate through nozzles and diffusers, effect of friction in flow through nozzles.
UNIT 3 FANNO FLOW AND RAYLEIGH FLOW 9 Hrs.
Flow in constant area duct with friction - Fanno curves, and Fanno Flow equations, variation of flow properties, variation of Mach number with duct length. Flow in constant area duct with heat transfer, Rayleigh line and Rayleigh flow equations, variation of flow properties, maximum heat transfer.
UNIT 4 NORMAL SHOCK AND OBLIQUE SHOCKS 9 Hrs.
Governing equations, variation of flow parameters, static pressure, static temperature, density, stagnation pressure, entropy across normal shock and oblique shocks. Normal shocks - stationary and moving, applications. Prandtl Meyer equation, impossibility of shock in sub-sonic flows, flow in convergent and divergent nozzles with shock, Flows with oblique shock.
UNIT 5 JET AND SPACE PROPULSION 9 Hrs.
Aircraft propulsion, types and working of jet engines - energy transfer in jet engines, thrust, thrust power, propulsive and overall efficiencies, thrust augmentations in turbo jet engines, ram jet and pulse jet engines. Rocket propulsion, types of rocket engines, Liquid and solid fuel rocket engines, Introduction to Electrical and Nuclear rockets-Space Flights, Orbital and escape velocity.
Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 - Recall the fundamental concepts of compressible fluid flow.
CO2 - Demonstrate the significance of mach number on compressibility.
CO3 - Differentiate isothermal flow and isentropic flow.
CO4 - Apply the concept of normal shocks to different turbo machines.
CO5 - Estimate the heat transfer in flow through constant area ducts.
CO6 - Calculate the propulsive power in jet engines.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Yahya S.M., ”Fundamental of Compressible flow”, New Age International Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
2. Cohen H., Rogers R.E.C. and Sravanamutoo, “Gas Turbine Theory”, Addison Wesley Ltd., 2001.
3. Hill D. and Peterson C., “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion “, Addison Wesley, 1992.
4. Ganesan V., “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1999.
5. Sutton G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley, New York, 1975.
6. J.D. Anderson, "Modern compressible flow", McGraw Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2002.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
- ஆசிரியர்: SENTHILKUMAR G
Pathology is the study (logos) of disease (pathos). More specifically, it is devoted to the study of the structural, biochemical, and functional changes in cells, tissues, and organs that underlie disease. By the use of molecular, microbiologic, immunologic, and morphologic techniques, pathology attempts to explain the whys and wherefores of the signs and symptoms manifested by patients while providing a rational basis for clinical care and therapy. It thus serves as the bridge between the basic sciences and clinical medicine, and is the scientific foundation for all of medicine
For II BDS

|
SPYA1401 |
Professional Core 5– Gerontology |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
Unit I INTRODUCTION (15 Hours)
Gerontology- Definition, concept, History, importance and scope, Old Age- Definition, meaning and concept, Demographics of Aging, Characteristics of old age. Myths and stereotypes about aging.
Unit II PHYSIOLOGICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL PROBLEMS OF ELDERLY (15 hours)
Changes and Developmental tasks of Old age- Cognitive, physical, psychological and social. Symptoms of mental illness in old age-Stress- Different forms of stressors in old age, Depression, Alzheimer’s and dementia, confusions due to multiple medications, loneliness, panic disorder, fear of death, anxiety. Reduced mental and cognitive ability, Insomnia, substance abuse, suicidal tendency, Falls.
Unit III POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES FOR AGED (15 hours)
Help Age International- Evolution, objectives, programmes, health and Nutrition, protection of elderly consumers, Housing and environment, Family, Social Welfare, income security and employment, education, recommendations for implementation. International Federation on Aging, WHO and old age.
Unit IV OLD AGE CARE (15 hours)
Crisis Intervention-medical (skilled care) versus non-medical (social care), Promoting independence in old age and improving mobility. Assessing and planning health care surgery, communicable diseases.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Parveen Banu R
Green technology is the application of the environmental science and technology for the development and application of products, equipment and systems to conserve the natural resources and environment, as well as to minimize or mitigate the negative impacts on the environment from human activities

- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan M
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. HEAT TRANSFER THROUGH COMPOSITE WALL
2. MEASUREMENT OF SURFACE EMMISSIVITY
3. HEAT TRANSFER THROUGH LAGGED PIPE
4. HEAT TRANSFER THROUGH NATURAL CONVECTION
5. COUNTER FLOW HEAT EXCHANGER
6. PARALLEL FLOW HEAT EXCHANGER
7. THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF METAL ROD

To develop an insight into the architecture of prehistoric era and early civilizations
To impart perception about the social, religious and political character of various indigenous civilizations and how it influenced the built form and settlement
To emphasize the combined influence of geography, climate, religions, beliefs and culture in shaping the built environment
This course aims at introducing the students to the History of English during Literature and Great Writers in English.
It conveys the depth of thought, richness of emotion, and insight into the character. It leads intellectually and emotionally, and deepens our understanding of our history, society, and each of our lives.

- ஆசிரியர்: Amutha Monica
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To explore the diverse factors that shaped the built forms during Neolithic, bronze and Iron Age.
- To understand the planning principles and the construction techniques adopted in the Early Iron Age.
- To understand the space development and structural quality in roman architecture.
COURSE OUTCOME:
On completion of the course the student will be able to
CO1 Outline the role of tangible and intangible factors that influenced the architecture during the Neolithic and bronze age.
CO2 Appraise the salient characteristics of Greek architecture.
CO3 Comprehend the other factors influencing architecture in India.
CO4 Analyze the contributing factors for the design development of different styles.
CO5 Compare and Contrast various styles on the basis of the contributing factors responsible for their development.
CO6 Discuss the influence of factors in determining the architectural character and features from Neolithic to late iron age.

- ஆசிரியர்: Swetha N.M
Scope: This subject is designed to impart fundamental knowledge of the structure and functions of the various systems of the human body. It also helps in understanding both homeostatic mechanisms. The subject provides the basic knowledge required to understand the various disciplines of pharmacy.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Aishwarya Srinivasan
Scope: This subject is designed to impart fundamental knowledge of the structure and functions of the various systems of the human body. It also helps in understanding both homeostatic mechanisms. The subject provides the basic knowledge required to understand the various disciplines of pharmacy.
Objectives: Upon completion of this course the student should be able to:
1. Explain the gross morphology, structure and functions of various organs of the human body.
2. Describe the various homeostatic mechanisms and their imbalances.
3. Identify the various tissues and organs of different systems of the human body.
4. Perform the haematological tests like blood cell counts, haemoglobin estimation, bleeding/clotting time etc and also record blood pressure, heart rate, pulse and respiratory volume.
5. Appreciate coordinated working pattern of different organs of each system
6. Appreciate the interlinked mechanisms in the maintenance of normal functioning
(homeostasis) of the human body

- ஆசிரியர்: Harini R R
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
To introduce the students to the basic elements of poetry, including the stylistic and rhetorical devices employed in poetry, and to various genres of poetry.
LEARNER OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to - • Analyze literature using appropriate terminology and common rhetorical figures.
• Inculcate a sense of appreciation of English Poetry in students.
• Refresh the existing knowledge of the students concerning social, political, historical, philosophical and cultural characteristics of the Victorian and Modernist period.
• Train students in various perspective readings in poetry like gender, race, caste, ethnicity, religion, region, environment and nation etc.
• Enable to correlate their own sensibilities with the literary expressions in the text.
• Exhibit a vast panorama of literary devices used to create poetic world.

- ஆசிரியர்: Amutha Monica
OBJECTIVE:
To introduce the students to the socio-political, religious and cultural aspects of America through literary texts.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to • Identify key ideas, representative authors and works, significant historical or cultural events, and characteristic perspectives or attitudes expressed in the literature of different periods or regions. • Analyze literary works as expressions of individual or communal values within the social, political, cultural, or religious contexts of different literary period • Demonstrate knowledge of major literary movements, figures, and works in American Literature. • Analyze, synthesize, and write about American literature and authors • Demonstrate knowledge of the development of characteristic forms or styles of expression during different historical periods in different regions. • Write research-based critical papers about the assigned readings in clear and grammatically correct prose, using various critical approaches to literature.

- ஆசிரியர்: Amutha Monica
COURSE OBJECTIVES
➢ To enable students understand the fundamentals and the contributing technologies of Industry 4.0.
➢ To make the students evaluate the suitability of Industry 4.0 technologies for the design and manufacturing sectors.
➢ To help the students implement the Industry 4.0 technologies to diverse applications.
UNIT 1 CONTRIBUTING TECHNOLOGIES 8 hrs
Brief introduction to the industrial revolutions. Contributing technologies to Industry 4.0: Additive manufacturing, Digital twin, Internet of things, Smart sensors, AR and VR, Artificial intelligence, Cloud computing, Block chain, Big data and analytics. Challenges and opportunities.
UNIT 2 ADVANCED CAD TECHNOLOGIES 8 hrs
Introduction to CAD. Enabling technologies: Digital twin, AR/VR, AI. Cloud computing, Touch/Voice/Motion enabled CAD, Customized CAD, Cloud based CAD, Digital twin and live simulation.
UNIT 3 SMART MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 8 hrs
Enabling technologies: AI, Cloud computing, Robotics, IoT. Digital manufacturing: CNC, Cloud based manufacturing, IoT based manufacturing, Advanced CNC programming. Additive manufacturing. Micro electro mechanical systems. Robotics: Robotic automation, Collaborative robots, Autonomous robots, Swarm robots, and Modular robots.
UNIT 4 SMART FACTORY ENABLERS 8 hrs
Enabling technologies. Smart energy: Improving energy efficiency with data, Smart grids. Clean energy. Smart logistics. Smart Inspection. Smart decision making.
UNIT 5 AUTOMOMOUS VEHICLES 8 hrs
Introduction: Traditional mobility versus autonomous driving, Levels of automation, and challenges. Enabling technologies. Self-propelled vehicles, Drones, Unmanned aerial vehicles, Space crafts
UNIT 6 CASE STUDIES 5 hrs
Case studies related to Industry 4.0 applications, such as, transportation, energy, infrastructure, manufacturing, and product design sectors.
Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Justify how the digitalization technologies are advantageous to the design and manufacturing industries.
CO2: Use the advanced CAD technologies to create the CAD models.
CO3: Use the smart manufacturing technologies to produce the components and products.
CO4: Recommend the enabling technologies to make various factory operations smarter.
CO5: Choose the suitable sensors and technologies to the future autonomous vehicles, drones and space crafts.
CO6: Prepare a report with the challenges faced currently, the enabling technologies to become smarter, and the
steps needed for the effective implementation for the given case study.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Flavio Craveiro, Jose Pinto Duarte, Helena Bartolo and Paulo Jorge Bartolo, “Additive manufacturing as an enabling technology for digital construction: A perspective on Construction 4.0”, Automation in Construction, Vol. 103,pp. 251- 267, 2019.
2. Klaus Schwab, “Fourth Industrial Revolution”, Random House USA Inc, New York, USA, 2017.
3. Oliver Grunow, ”Smart Factory and Industry 4.0. The current state of Application Technologies”, Studylab Publications, 2016
4. Alasdair Gilchrist, “Industry 4.0: Industrial Internet of Things”, Apress, 2016
5. Sang C. Suh, U. John Tanik, John N Carbone, Abdullah Eroglu, “Applied Cyber-Physical Systems”, Springer Publications, New York, 2013.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
This course aims at understanding the essential metabolic functions of the organism as well as consumption
and storage of energy intermediary metabolism of main biomolecules and its regulatory mechanisms
Summary
There are several ways of collecting and understanding information and finding answers to your questions – research is one way. The difference between research and other ways of obtaining answers to your questions is that in a process that is classified as research, you work within a framework of a set of philosophies, use methods that have been tested for validity and reliability, and attempt to be unbiased and objective.
Research has many applications. You need to have research skills to be an effective service provider, administrator/manager or planner. As a professional who has a responsibility to enhance professional knowledge, research skills are essential.
The typology of research can be looked at from three perspectives: application, objectives and the enquiry process. From the point of view of the application of research, there is applied and pure research. Most of the research undertaken in the social sciences is
applied, the findings being designed either for use in understanding a phenomenon/issue or to bring change in a programme/situation.
Pure research is academic in nature and is undertaken in order to gain knowledge about phenomena that may or may not have applications in the near future, and to develop new techniques and procedures that form the body of research methodology. A research study can be carried out with four objectives: to describe a situation, phenomenon, problem or issue (descriptive research); to establish or explore a relationship between two or more variables (correlational research); to explain why certain things happen the way they do (explanatory research); and to examine the feasibility of conducting a study or exploring a subject area where nothing or little is known (exploratory research). From the point of view of the mode of enquiry, there are two types of research: quantitative (structured approach) and qualitative (unstructured approach). The main objective of a qualitative study is to describe the variation and diversity in a phenomenon, situation or attitude with a very flexible approach so as to identify as much variation and diversity as possible, whereas quantitative research, in addition, helps you to quantify the variation and diversity. There are many who strongly advocate a combined approach to social enquiries.
These are the two paradigms that form the basis of social science research. Though these may provide values, terminology, methods and techniques for you to apply to your research, it is the purpose of research rather than the paradigm that should determine the mode of enquiry.

- ஆசிரியர்: Malliga P
UNIT 1 NUCLEAR STRUCTURE
Nuclear radius, charge distribution, spin and magnetic moment – Determination of nuclear mass – Binding energy – Semiempirical mass formula – Nuclear stability – Mass parabolas – Nuclear shell model – Liquid drop model - Optical model – Collective model Nuclear Forces Exchange forces – Yukawa’s meson theory –Yukawa potential – Ground state of deuteron
UNIT 2 RADIOACTIVE DECAYS
Alpha decay – Gamow’s theory – Geiger Nuttal law - Neutrino hypothesis –Fermi’s theory of beta decay-Selection Rules – Non conservation of parity in beta decay – Gamma decay – Selection rules – International conversion – Nuclear isomerism. Detection of Nuclear Radiation Interaction of charged particles and X-rays with matter - Basic principles of particle detectors - Proportional counters and Geiger – Muller counters - Solid state and semiconductor detectors – Scintillation counters.
UNIT 3 NUCLEAR FISSION
Fission process – neutron released in the fission process - Characteristics of fission – Mass and energy distribution of nuclear fragments – Nuclear chain reactions – Four factor formula – Bohr-Wheeler’s theory of nuclear fission – Fission reactors – Power & breeder type reactors Nuclear Fusion Basic fusion processes – Solar fusion – Cold fusion- Controlled thermonuclear reactions – Pinch effects - Laser fusion techniques.
UNIT 4 NUCLEAR REACTIONS
Energetic of reactions – Q-equation - Level widths in nuclear reaction –Nuclear reaction cross sections – Partial wave analysis – Compound nucleus model – Resonance scattering – Breit –Wigner one level formula – Direct reactions – Stripping and pick-up reactions. Scattering Process, scattering cross-section – Scattering amplitude – Expression in terms of Green’s function – Born approximation and its validity – Screened Coulomb potential
UNIT 5 ELEMENTARY PARTICLES
Four types of interactions and classifications of elementary particles – Isospin - Isospin quantum numbers – Strangeness & hyper charge – Hadrons – Baryons – Leptons – Invariance principles and symmetries – Invariance under charge-parity(CP), Time(T) and CPT - CP violation in neutral K-meson decay - Quark model – Gell-Mann-Nishijma formula – Gauge theory of weak and strong interactions – Charm, bottom and top quarks.

- ஆசிரியர்: Rameshkumar C
Involves the study of material properties, deformation, production technologies, applications in biological, medical and other engineering fields.

PART-I: Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics
Applied Basic Sciences:
Applied Anatomy of Head and Neck:
• Development of face, paranasal sinuses and the associated structures and their anomalies, cranial and facial bones, TMJ anatomy and function, arterial and venous drainage of head and neck, muscles of face and neck including muscles of mastication and deglutition, brief consideration of structures and function of brain. Brief consideration of all cranial nerves and autonomic nervous system of head and neck. Salivary glands, Functional anatomy of mastication, deglutition and speech. Detailed anatomy of deciduous and permanent teeth, general consideration in physiology of permanent dentition, form, function, alignment, contact, occlusion.
• Internal anatomy of permanent teeth and its significance.
• Applied histology – histology of skin, oral mucosa, connective tissue, bone, cartilage,
blood vessels, lymphatics, nerves, muscles, tongue.
Anatomy and Development of Teeth:
• Enamel – development and composition, physical characteristics, chemical properties, structure.
• Age changes – clinical structure.
• Dentin – development, physical and chemical properties, structure type of dentin,
innervations, age and functional changes and clinical considerations.
• Pulp – development, histological structures, innervations, functions, regressive changes,
clinical considerations.
• Dentin and pulp complex.
• Cementum – composition, cementogenesis, structure, function, clinical considerations.
• Knowledge of internal anatomy of permanent teeth, anatomy of root apex and its
implications in endodontic treatment.
• Periodontal ligament – development, structure, function and clinical considerations.
• Salivary glands – structure, function, clinical considerations.
Applied Physiology:
• Mastication, deglutition, digestion and assimilation, fluid and electrolyte balance.
• Blood composition, volume, function, blood groups, haemostasis, coagulation, blood transfusion, circulation, heart, pulse, blood pressure, shock, respiration-control, anoxia, hypoxia, asphyxia, artificial respiration, and endocrinology – general principles of endocrine activity and disorders relating to pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenals
including pregnancy and lactation.
• Physiology of saliva – composition, function, clinical significance.
• Clinical significance of vitamins, diet and nutrition – balanced diet.
• Physiology of pain, sympathetic and Para sympathetic nervous system, pain pathways,
physiology of pulpal pain, Odontogenic and non Odontogenic pain, pain disorders –
typical and atypical.
• Biochemistry such as osmotic pressure, electrolytic dissociation, oxidation, reduction etc.
Carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and their metabolism, nucleoproteins, nucleic acid and their metabolism. Enzymes, vitamins and minerals, metabolism of inorganic elements, detoxification in the body, anti metabolites, chemistry of blood lymph and urine.
Pathology:
• Inflammation, repair, degeneration, necrosis and gangrene.
• Circulatory disturbances – ischemia, hyperemia, edema, thrombosis, embolism,
infarction, allergy and hypersensitivity reaction.
• Neoplasms – classifications of tumors, characteristics of benign and malignant tumors,
spread of tumors.
• Blood dyscrasias.
• Developmental disturbances of oral and Para oral structures, dental caries, regressive
changes of teeth, pulp, periapical pathology, pulp reaction to dental caries and dental
procedures.
• Bacterial, viral, mycotic infections of the oral cavity.
Microbiology:
• Pathways of pulpal infection, oral flora and micro organisms associated with endodontic diseases, pathogenesis, host defense, bacterial virulence factors, healing, theory of focal infections, microbes relevance to dentistry – strepto, staphylococci, lactobacilli, cornyebacterium, actinomycetes, clostridium, neisseria, vibrio, bacteriods, fusobacteria, spirochetes, mycobacterium, virus and fungi.
• Cross infection, infection control, infection control procedure, sterilization and disinfection.
• Immunology – antigen antibody reaction, allergy, hypersensitivity and anaphylaxis, auto immunity, grafts, viral hepatitis, HIV infections and aids. Identification and isolation of microorganisms from infected root canals. Culture medium and culturing technique
(Aerobic and anaerobic interpretation and antibiotic sensitivity test).
Pharmacology:
• Dosage and route of administration of drugs, actions and fate of drug in body, drug addiction, tolerance of hypersensitivity reactions.
• Local anesthesia – agents and chemistry, pharmacological actions, fate and metabolism of anaesthetic, ideal properties, techniques and complications.
• General anesthesia – pre medications, neuro muscular blocking agents, induction agents, inhalation anesthesia, and agents used, assessment of anesthetic problems in medically compromised patients.
• Anaesthetic emergencies
• Antihistamines, corticosteroids, chemotherapeutic and antibiotics, drug resistance,
haemostasis, and haemostatic agents, anticoagulants, sympathomimitic drugs, vitamins and minerals (A, B, C, D, E, K IRON), anti sialogogue, immunosupressants, drug interactions, antiseptics, disinfectants, anti viral agents, drugs acting on CNS.
Biostatistics:
• Introduction, Basic concepts, Sampling, Health information systems – collection, compilation, presentation of data. Elementary statistical methods – presentation of statistical data, Statistical averages – measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, Normal distribution. Tests of significance – parametric and non – parametric tests (Fisher extract test, Sign test, Median test, Mann Whitney test, Kruskal Wallis one way analysis, Friedmann two way analysis, ANOVA, Regression analysis), Correlation and regression,Use of computers.
Research Methodology:
• Essential features of a protocol for research in humans
• Experimental and non-experimental study designs
• Ethical considerations of research Applied Dental Materials:
• Physical and mechanical properties of dental materials, biocompatibility.
• Impression materials, detailed study of various restorative materials, restorative resin and recent advances in composite resins, bonding- recent developments, tarnish and
corrosion, dental amalgam, direct filling gold, casting alloys, inlay wax, die materials, investments, casting procedures, defects, dental cements for restoration and pulp protection (luting, liners, bases) cavity varnishes.
• Dental ceramics-recent advances, finishing and polishing materials.
• Dental burs – design and mechanics of cutting – other modalities of tooth preparation.
Methods of testing biocompatibility of materials used.
PART-I: Orthodontics and Dentofacial Orthopedics
A. Applied Basic Sciences:
Applied Anatomy:
a. Prenatal growth of head:
Stages of embryonic development, origin of head, origin of face, origin of teeth.
b. Postnatal growth of head:
Bones of skull, the oral cavity, development of chin, the hyoid bone, general growth of head, growth of the face.
c. Bone growth:
Origin of bone, composition of bone, units of bone structure, schedule of Ossification, mechanical properties of bone, roentgen graphic appearance of bone
d. Assessment of growth and development:
Growth prediction, growth spurts, the concept of normality and growth increments of growth, differential growth, gradient of growth, methods of gathering growth data. Theories of growth and recent advances, factors affecting physical growth.
e. Muscles of mastication:
Development of muscles, muscle change during growth, muscle function and facial development, muscle function and malocclusion
f. Development of dentition and occlusion:
Dental development periods, order of tooth eruption, chronology of permanent tooth formation, periods of occlusal development, pattern of occlusion.
g. Assessment of skeletal age.
Physiology:
a. Endocrinology and its disorders:
Growth hormone, thyroid hormone, parathyroid hormone, ACTH.
b. Calcium and its metabolism:
c. Nutrition-metabolism and their disorders:
Proteins, carbohydrates, fats, vitamins and minerals
d. Muscle physiology:
e. Craniofacial Biology:
Adhesion molecules and mechanism of adhesion
f. Bleeding disorders in orthodontics: Hemophilia
Dental Materials:
a. Gypsum products:
Dental plaster, dental stone and their properties, setting reaction etc.
b. Impression materials:
Impression materials in general and particularly of alginate impression material.
c. Acrylics:
Chemistry, composition physical properties
d. Composites:
Composition types, properties, setting reaction
e. Banding and bonding cements:
f. Wrought metal alloys:
Deformation, strain hardening, annealing, recovery, recrystallization, grain growth,
properties of metal alloys
g. Orthodontic arch wires
h. Elastics:
Latex and non-latex elastics.
i. Applied physics, Bioengineering and metallurgy:
j. Specification and tests methods used for materials used in Orthodontics:
k. Survey of all contemporary literature and recent advances in above mentioned
materials:
Genetics:
a. Cell structure, DNA, RNA, protein synthesis, cell division
b. Chromosomal abnormalities
c. Principles of orofacial genetics
d. Genetics in malocclusion
e. Molecular basis of genetics
f. Studies related to malocclusion
g. Recent advances in genetics related to malocclusion
h. Genetic counseling
i. Bioethics and relationship to Orthodontic management of patients.
Physical Anthropology:
a. Evolutionary development of dentition
b. Evolutionary development of jaws.
Pathology:
a. Inflammation b. Necrosis
Biostatistics:
a. Statistical principles
• Data Collection
• Method of presentation
• Method of Summarizing
• Methods of analysis – different tests/errors
b. Sampling and Sampling technique
c. Experimental models, design and interpretation
d. Development of skills for preparing clear concise and cognent scientific abstracts and
publication
Applied Research Methodology In Orthodontics:
a. Experimental design
b. Animal experimental protocol
c. Principles in the development, execution and interpretation of
methodologies in Orthodontics
d. Critical Scientific appraisal of literature.
Applied Pharmacology
Definitions & terminologies used – Dosage and mode of administration of drugs. Action and fate of drugs in the body, Drug addiction, tolerance and hypersensitive reactions, Drugs acting on the central nervous system, general anesthetics hypnotics, analeptics and tranquilizers. Local anesthetics, Chemotherapeutics and antibiotics. Vitamins: A, D, B – complex group, C & K etc.
Part I Pediatric and Preventive Dentistry
A) Applied Basic Sciences:
Applied Anatomy of Head and Neck:
• Anatomy of the scalp, temple and face
• Anatomy of the triangles of neck and deep structures of the neck
• Cranial and facial bones and its surrounding soft tissues with its applied aspects
• Muscles of head and neck
• Arterial supply, venous drainage and lymphatics of head and neck
• Congenital abnormalities of the head and neck
• Anatomy of the cranial nerves
• Anatomy of the tongue and its applied aspects
• Anatomy and its applied aspects of salivary glands, pharynx, thyroid and parathyroid
gland, larynx, trachea, esophagus
• Autonomous nervous system of head and neck
• Functional anatomy of mastication, deglutition, speech, respiration and circulation
• TMJ: anatomy and function
Applied Physiology:
Introduction, Mastication, deglutition, digestion and assimilation, Homeostasis, fluid and electrolyte balance. Blood composition, volume, function, blood groups and hemorrhage, Blood transfusion, circulation, Heart, Pulse, Blood pressure, Normal ECG,capillary and lymphatic circulation, shock, respiration, control, anoxia, hypoxia, asphyxia, artificial respiration. Endocrine glands in particular reference to pituitary, parathyroid and thyroid glands and sex hormones. Role of calcium and Vit D in growth and development of teeth, bone and jaws.Role of Vit.A, C and B complex in oral mucosal and periodontal health.Physiology and function of the masticatory system. Speech mechanism, swallowing and deglutition mechanism, salivary glands and Saliva
Applied Pathology:
Inflammation and chemical mediators, Thrombosis, Embolism, Necrosis, Repair, Degeneration , Shock, Hemorrhage , Blood dyscrasias, Pathogenesis of Dental Caries, Periodontal diseases, tumors, oral mucosal lesions etc. in children
Applied Microbiology:
Microbiology & Immunology as related to Oral Diseases in Children: Basic concepts, immune system in human body, Auto Immune diseases and Immunology of Dental caries.
Applied Nutrition & Dietics:
• General principles, balanced diet, effect of dietary deficiencies and starvation, protein energy, malnutrition, Kwashiorkor, Marasmus.
• Fluid and Electrolytic balance in maintaining haemostasis
• Diet, digestion, absorption, transportation and utilization
Genetics:
• Introduction to genetics
• Cell structure, DNA, RNA, protein synthesis, cell division
• Modes of inheritance
• Chromosomal anomalies of oral tissues & single gene disorders
Growth & Development:
Prenatal and Postnatal development of cranium, face, jaws, teeth and supporting structures.Chronology of dental development and development of occlusion. Dimensional changes in dental arches. Cephalometric evaluation of growth.
- ஆசிரியர்: S Aravinthan
- ஆசிரியர்: MALATHY BALARAMAN RAVINDRRAN
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.PRATHIBA GNANASEKARAN
- ஆசிரியர்: PRIYANKA L.S
- ஆசிரியர்: MANEESHWARI M
- ஆசிரியர்: Mirnalini Mirnalini
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Premjanu N
- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatalakshmi Nagella
- ஆசிரியர்: Tamil Selvi Palaniappan
- ஆசிரியர்: Revathy Rajendran
- ஆசிரியர்: REESHMA RUCKSCHANDA
- ஆசிரியர்: MOHAMMED MEERA RIYAZ S
- ஆசிரியர்: Srividya S
- ஆசிரியர்: Priya Sathish
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Murali Sivakumar
- ஆசிரியர்: GOUSALYA V
In chemical engineering and its related fields, a unit operation is a basic step in a process. For this reason they can be classified in different ways. The first category assigned to UOs is mechanical operations.Mechanical unit operations can be categorized into three:Operations involving particulate solids;Operations involving solid-fluid;Operations involving fluid systems;

- ஆசிரியர்: Sathish S
|
SMEB1603 |
MECHANICS OF MACHINES |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
0 |
0 |
3 |
100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
The aim of the course is to:
· Provide the insights of the fundamentals of Mechanisms and Cams.
· Understand the basics of Flywheels, Balancing of Rotating and Reciprocating unbalance systems.
· Enhance knowledge of Single degree - Free and Damped Vibrations.
· Provide the detailed overview of Forced Vibrations.
· Discuss the fundamentals of Gyroscopes and Governors.
UNIT I MECHANISMS AND CAMS 9 hrs
Mechanisms – Terminology and definitions – Kinematics inversions of 4 bars and slider crank chain – Kinematic analysis in simple mechanisms. Types of cams and followers - Terminology and definitions – Displacement diagrams – SHM, uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and retardation. Graphical constructions of cam profiles – Disc cam with knife edge follower, roller follower and flat-faced follower.
UNIT II FLY WHEELS AND BALANCING 9 Hrs
Turning moment diagrams – Fluctuation of Energy and speed – Energy stored in Flywheel – Mass of Flywheel – Dimensions of Flywheel. Balancing – Static and Dynamic Balancing of Rotating Masses - Balancing of several masses rotating in same plane and in different planes- Partial Balancing of locomotives – Variation of tractive force, Hammer blow and swaying couple.
UNIT III FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION 9 Hrs
Basic features of vibratory systems - Lumped mass systems - Degrees of freedom - Free vibration of Longitudinal, Transverse and Torsional systems of Single degree of freedom - Equations of motion - Natural frequency – Whirling of shafts and critical speed - Dunkerley’s Method – Torsional vibration of Two and Three rotor system. Damped free vibration - Types of Damping –Critical damping coefficient - Damping Factor – Logarithmic Decrement.
UNIT IV FORCED VIBRATION 9 Hrs
Forced vibration of single degree freedom system with damping - Response to periodic forcing- Harmonic Forcing - Force transmissibility and amplitude transmissibility - Reciprocating and rotating unbalance - vibration isolation and transmissibility - Support motion - self excited vibration with examples
UNIT V GOVERNORS AND GYROSCOPES 9 Hrs
Gyroscopes and gyroscopic effects-Effect of precession motion on the stability of moving vehicles such as motor car, motor cycle, aero planes and ships gyroscopic couple, (Demonstration of models in video). Governors - types and applications - Watt, Porter and Proell governors - Spring loaded governors -Hartnell and Hartung with auxiliary springs. Sensitiveness- isochronisms and hunting.
Max Hours: 45 Hrs
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
CO1: Investigate the Mechanisms and Cams.
CO2: Determine the principle of Flywheel, Rotating and Reciprocating masses.
CO3: Analyze the Single degree - Free and Damped Vibrations.
CO4: Evaluate the force transmitted to the foundation for mechanical systems in Forced Vibrations.
CO5: Apply the fundamentals of Gyroscopes.
CO6: Apply the fundamentals of Governors.
TEXT/REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Khurmi R.S& Gupta J.S, “Theory of Machines”, 16th Edition, S.Chand & Company, 2005, Reprint 2016.
2. Singh V.P, “Mechanical Vibrations”, 3rd Edition, Dhanpatrai & Co., 2006.
3. Ghosh A. and Malik A.M, “Theory of Mechanism and Machines”, 4th Edition, Affiliated East West Press (P) Ltd. 2009.
4. Ashok G. Ambekar, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, First Edition,PHI Learning Private limited, 2009.
5. Rattan S. S, Theory of Machines, 3rd Ed., Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2009.
6. Gordon R Pennock, Joseph E Shigley, “Theory of Machine and Mechanisms SI Edition, 4th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2014
|
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN |
|||||||||||||
|
|
||||||||||||

- ஆசிரியர்: LAKSHMI SANKAR S
The course makes the students to understand the ethics and the principles of Media. The course covers topics on the definition of ethics, values and principles. The learners will identify the relationship between ethics and society. This course will make them to analyze the ethical challenges in the media. Through various case studies, the learners can understand the prevailing laws and ethics especially in cyber space. The course also aims to introduce the concept of cyber crime .

To Acquire knowledge about Micromachining and
to acquire knowledge about MEMS Devices
- ஆசிரியர்: Sangeetha M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To impart the fundamentals concepts of mobile communication systems.
- To introduce various technologies and protocols involved in mobile communication.
- Examine Theory Research in Mobility
- Examine Systems Research in Mobility
UNIT 1 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
Basic cellular systems - Frequency Management and Channel Assignment - Types of handoff and their
characteristics, dropped call rates & their evaluation - MAC - SDMA - FDMA - TDMA - CDMA - Cellular Wireless Networks.
UNIT 2 WIRELESS NETWORKS
Wireless LAN - IEEE 802.11 Standards - Architecture - OFDM Technology - Services - Mobile Ad hoc
Networks- IEEE 802.16 standards, Comparison of 802.11 and 802.16 - Wireless Local Loop - Architecture - WLL Technologies.
UNIT 3 MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
GSM – Architecture - Location tracking and call setup - GSM Mobility management – Handover – Security -GSM SMS - International roaming for GSM - Call recording functions - subscriber and service data management -Mobile Number portability.GPRS – Architecture - GPRS procedures - Attach and detach procedures - PDP context procedure - Combined RA/LA update procedures - Billing.
UNIT 4 MOBILE NETWORK AND TRANSPORT LAYERS
Mobile IP - Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol - Mobile Ad Hoc Routing Protocols - Multicast routing - TCP over Wireless Networks - Indirect TCP - Snooping TCP - Mobile TCP - Fast Retransmit / Fast Recovery – Transmission / Timeout Freezing-Selective Retransmission - Transaction Oriented TCP - TCP over 2.5 / 3G wireless Networks
UNIT 5 APPLICATION LAYER
WAP Model - Mobile Location based services - WAP Gateway - WAP protocols - WAP user agent profile-caching model - Wireless bearers for WAP - WML - WMLScripts - WTA – iMode - SyncML.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jochen Schiller, “Mobile Communications”, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2003.
2. William Stallings, “Wireless Communications and Networks”, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. Yi-Bing Lin, Imrich Chlamtac, “Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures”, John Wiley and sons, 2001

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr Jayasudha F V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To give essential knowledge of construction and working of various types of Non-Conventional Energy Systems.
To detail the role of Mechanical Engineers in their operation and maintenance.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the basic concepts of Non-Conventional Power Generation & its importance. CO2 - Apply the basic thermodynamic principles to different renewable energy systems.
CO3 - Analyze and understand solar energy systems, working and its significance.
CO4 - Analyze thermodynamic cycles of Wind, bio & other renewable energy sources.
CO5 - Understand the importance ad necessity of renewable energy sources.
CO6 - Recognize renewable energy production, Distribution & cost estimation.

- ஆசிரியர்: SENTHILKUMAR G
Unit 1: Properties of Nuclei
Introduction, Classification of Nuclei, Properties of Nuclei - Nuclear size, charge, mass, density, spin, magnetic dipole moment, electric quadrupole moment, binding energy, packing fraction, Nuclear Stability. Nuclear models - Liquid Drop Model (Weizacker Semi Empirical mass formula), Shell Model and magic numbers.
Unit 2: Detectors of Nuclear Radiations
Introduction, Interaction between energetic particles and matter, Ionization Chamber, Solid-State Detectors, Proportional Counter, Geiger-Muller Counter, Photo Multiplier Tube, Scintillation Counter.
Unit 3: Particle Accelerators
Introduction, Van de Graaff Generator, Linear Accelerator, Cyclotron, Synchrocyclotron, Betatron, Electron Synchrotron, Proton Synchrotron (Bevatron).
Unit 4: Radioactivity
Introduction, Natural radioactivity, Alpha Particle – Properties, e/m ratio, charge, range, Geiger-Nuttal law.Measurement of Range of Alpha particle by Bragg - Kleeman method, Geiger - Nuttal method.Beta Particle – Properties, e/m ratio, Pauli’s Neutrino Hypothesis, Neutrino theory of Beta decay, Detection of Neutrino. Gamma Particle – Origin, determination of wavelength by Du Mond Curved Crystal Spectrometer, Nuclear Isomerism, Internal Conversion, Mossbauer effect with experiment.
Unit 5: Elementary Particles
Introduction, Classification of elementary particles (Baryon and Leptons), Particles and Anti-Particles, Antimatter, Fundamental Interactions, Elementary Particle Quantum numbers – Baryon, Leptons, strangeness, Hypercharge and Isospin. Conservation Laws – Parity, Charge Conjugation
- ஆசிரியர்: Jayalakshmi D.S
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION
. Understanding the essence of ‘alternative building materials and technology’, ‘rematerial oriented design’, ‘super use’ ‘opportunistic architecture’ need for alternative building materials and building technology, alternative natural building materials - building materials with recycled content
UNIT 2 ALTERNATIVE BUILDING MATERIALS. Locally available building materials and their usability – applications of bamboo in building construction – flooring – roofingceiling – trusses Mud as building and building materials - field tests for identification of suitable soil for mud construction – techniques of mud stabilization –techniques of mud construction – finishes and protective treatments – production of mud blocks Innovative techniques for walls – lato blocks- cellular concrete blocks – hollow concrete blocks – hollow clay blocks – stone masonry blocks – sand lime bricks Use of industrial, agricultural, construction wastes and post-consumer wastes - Survey of such materials development by research organizations like CBRI, SERC etc.
UNIT 3 ALTERNATIVE BUILDING TECHNOLOGY Innovative techniques for roofing/flooring - Filler slabs, Composite beam panel roofs, Masonry vaults and domes – funicular shells – precast reinforced concrete channel units – pre stressed concrete hollow cored units- precast RCC joints – ferro cement ribbed slabs – folded plates, Foundations - Use of arches in foundation, alternatives for walls constructions – composite masonry, confined masonry, cavity walls, rammed earth, rat trap bond - Ferro cement and ferro-concrete building components Materials and specifications, Properties. Top down construction, Fast track construction methods - building examples Alternative practices - windows and door - panels and frames, flooring, handrails, partitions, staircases - Staircase - Methods of construction of staircases (timber, steel, glass, composite materials) - basic principles, finishes for staircases
UNIT 4 EMERGING MATERIALS .
Current developments in the use of Nano materials in construction industry – various types of nano fibers like nano silica, nanoTitania, carbon nano tubes, carbon nano fibers - applications - advantages and disadvantages
UNIT 5 SUGGESTIVE ASSIGNMENT
Case studies of buildings constructed with alternative building materials and technology for substructure and superstructure
in Indian context

UNIT 1 TRADITIONAL APPROACH AND NETWORK ANALYSIS
. Traditional Management System - Gantt’s approach - load, progress and bar charts - limitations & overcoming - Project programming - work breakdown structure. Introduction to PERT & CPM -Introduction to network concepts, network elements and inter-relationships-Network techniques -Network logic - activity interrelationships - development of CPM network - Identification of critical path - Different float computations - Early start, early finish, late start, and late finish- worked out examples-Network control (updating): Introduction, process of updating, data required for updating, when to update, method of updating, examples.
UNIT 2 PROBABILITY ANALYSIS
PERT Network - Introduction to theory of probability and statistics - Probabilistic time estimates of activities - Analysis of PERT network.
UNIT 3 PROJECT COST & RESOURCE ALLOCATION
. Introduction to two-dimensional network analysis - activity cost information - cost time relationship - crashed estimates for activities - compression potential-cost slope - Project direct cost and indirect cost- crashed program, Network compression - least cost, least time, optimum solutions. Resource allocation - Resource levelling and smoothing - Simple examples.
UNIT 4 SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS .
Introduction to Project Management software’s - Applications - Detailed planning of a simple project - Scheduling using
M.S. project and Primavera.

COURSE OBJECTIVE:
1.TO UNDERSTAND THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS OF DEPARTMENTS AND BRANCHES.
2. TO PREPARE ACCOUNTS FOR HIRE PURCHASE AND INSTALMENT SYSTEM.
3. LEARN THE METHODS OF MAINTAINING PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNTS.
- ஆசிரியர்: S SHANTHINI
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide an understanding of the concepts, functions and techniques of managing people.
To understand the HRM practices, in terms of HRP, Training and Development, Compensation, etc
To understand enterprise issues and the changing role of Human Resource and Industrial Relations.
- ஆசிரியர்: JOHN BRITTO M
Course Objectives
- To introduce the principles of light propagation through optical fibers.
- To understand signal distortion mechanisms in the fiber.
- To introduce optical transmitters and receivers for fiber /free space links and the fiber optic couplers, connectors involved.
- To introduce optical network concepts and components involved and its applications.
Course Outcomes
On completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO1-Apply the mathematical concepts to compare different types of optical fibers, modes and configuration
CO2-Analyze the transmission characteristics of optical fibers
CO3-Examine the optical sources and detectors for use in optical communication system
CO4-Construct launching and coupling of optical fibers
CO5-Design high speed optical communication networks
CO6-Design wireless communication system using Li-Fi

- ஆசிரியர்: Vijayakumar V
Broad outline of theoretical, clinical and practical courses. 1, Study of special and applied pathology of oral tissues as well as relation of local pathologic and clinical findings to systemic conditions. 2. Oral microbiology and their relationship to various branches of dentistry. 3. Oral microbiology affecting hard and soft tissues. Study of clinical changes and their significance to dental and oral diseases as related to oral pathology. 4. Forensic odontology. 5. Maintenance of records of all activities.

In this course participants will learn
Functional group and its significance.
IUPAC nomenclature of different functional groups.
Mechanism for substitution, elimination and addition reactions.
Synhthesis and properties of alkyl halides, alcohols, carbonyl and carbohydrate compounds.

- ஆசிரியர்: K CHENNAKESAVULU
To discuss the concept of organo-nitrogen compounds.
To understand the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds containing O, N, S.
To understand the synthesis, properties and reactivity of carboxylic acids.
To develop the practice of learning molecular rearrangements along with their mechanism.
To discuss the importance of active methylene groups in organic synthesis.

- ஆசிரியர்: K CHENNAKESAVULU
In this course participants will learn the
Concepts of aromaticity, reactivity and stability of organic compounds.
The preparation and properties of reactive intermediates i.e. Carbocations, Carbanions and Carbenes.
To appreciate the concept of substitution, addition
and elimination reactions and their reaction mechanism

- ஆசிரியர்: K CHENNAKESAVULU
Pathophysiology is the study of causes of diseases and reactions of the body to such disease producing causes.This course is designed to impart a thorough knowledge of the relevant aspects of pathology of various conditions with reference to its pharmacological applications, and understanding of basic pathophysiological mechanisms. Hence it will not only help to study the syllabus of pathology, but also to get baseline knowledge required to practice medicine safely, confidently, rationally and effectively

- ஆசிரியர்: Vigneshwaran P
- ஆசிரியர்: Amudha S
Petroleum refining operations
Introduction
Petroleum products
Treatment and separation of Petroleum based products
Applications

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
The main purpose of the subject is to understand what drugs do to the living organisms and how their effects can be applied to therapeutics. The subject covers the information about the drugs like, mechanism of action, physiological and biochemical effects (pharmacodynamics) as well as absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion (pharmacokinetics) along with the adverse effects, clinical uses, interactions, doses, contraindications and routes of administration of different classes of drugs

- ஆசிரியர்: Vigneshwaran P
- ஆசிரியர்: Monisha S
- Monitor drug therapy of patient through medication chart review and clinical review
- Obtain medication history interview and counsel the patients
- Identify drug related problems detect and assess adverse drug reactions
- Interpret selected laboratory results (as monitoring parameters in therapeutics) of specific disease states
- Know pharmaceutical care services

- ஆசிரியர்: Malliga P
Unit-I: 9 hours
Introduction to Robots-Laws of Robotics-Zeroth law- Law 1-Law 2-Law 3-History of Robotics-First industrial robots-mechanism-Five Basic Principles of Developmental Robotics-The Principle of Embodiment-The Principle of Subjectivity-The Principle of Grounding-The Principle of Gradual Exploration-Medical and Industrial Applications of Robots.
Unit-II: 9 hours
Applications of Quantum Physics: photoelectric effect, Compton scattering, photons, De Broglie waves and the wave-particle duality of matter and light. Introduction to wave mechanics: Schrödinger's equation, wave functions, wave packets, Heisenberg uncertainty principle and zero-point energies. Solutions to Schrödinger's equation in one dimension: Energy Eigen values and eigen functions, Schrödinger's equation in three dimensions: central potentials and introduction to hydrogenic systems. Particle in a 1-D box, Tunneling Effect (Qualitative), Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM)
Unit-III: 9 hours
Sensors: Introduction-measurement of sensor, Basic concepts, Types, mechanism-working principle- classification of sensor-internal sensors: position and velocity sensors:-Types of Robot Sensors: Light sensor-Touch sensor, vision sensor, radar, sonar, ultrasonic sensors-sound sensor-Temperature sensor
Unit-IV: 9 hours
Smart materials for soft Robots: Classification of building materials for Robots: Wood, metal: Aluminum, steel, bronze, brass and copper: Synthetic materials: PVC, Glass, composite materials: Manufacturing-compression molding method-Polymer composite materials-Aluminum alloys, Piezo materials, Shape memory alloys.
Unit-V: 9 hours
Nanophysics of Nono-Robotics: Nanorobotics theory – The origins of nano technology- Manufacturing of nanorobots using chips and nubots- working of nanobots, Types of nano robots, Medical Applications of Nanorobotics (nanobots),Fractal robots-features, self repair in fractal robots, applications of fractal robots.

- ஆசிரியர்: Malliga P
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of the course is to provide knowledge on fundamentals, structures, photosynthesis, metabolism of
nitrogen compounds and about molecular mechanisms of signalization and regulation in plants.
- ஆசிரியர்: Theboral J
- ஆசிரியர்: Inbathamizh L
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart knowledge on different types of power semiconductor devices and its switching characteristics.
To study the operation, characteristics and performance parameters of controlled rectifiers.
To understand the operations of choppers and inverters.
To get acquainted with the applications of power electronics converters.
- ஆசிரியர்: Barnabas Paul Glady J
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To impart knowledge on different types of power semiconductor devices and its switching characteristics.
Ø To study the operation, characteristics and performance parameters of controlled rectifiers.
Ø To understand the operations of choppers and inverters.
Ø To get acquainted with the applications of power electronics converters.

- ஆசிரியர்: Bhuvaneswari C

CO1 - Understand the new Characteristics of Product development based on customer need.
CO2 - Understand the Concept generation, concept selection and concept testing activity based on creative Idea
generation.
CO3 - Establish the Product Architecture and Understand System level design and contemporary issues and their
impact on provided solution.
CO4 - Understand and apply the various tools used for design, Development and Optimization.
CO5 - Apply and manage the Industrial design process for various type of products.
CO6 - Understand the components of PLM, supplier management and Sourcing.

- ஆசிரியர்: Yusuf Chiniwala
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Ashwin Jacob
Learn the organization of a digital computer.
Be exposed to the number systems.
Learn to think logically and write pseudo code or draw flow charts for problems.
Be exposed to the syntax of C.
Be familiar with programming in C.
Learn to use arrays, strings, functions, pointers, structures and unions in C

- ஆசிரியர்: Krishnamoorthy N R
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- Learn the organization of a digital computer.
- Be exposed to the number systems.
- Learn to think logically and write pseudo code or draw flow charts for problems.
- Be exposed to the syntax of C.
- Be familiar with programming in C.
- Learn to use arrays, strings, functions, pointers, structures and unions in C.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Design C Programs for problems.
CO2 - Write and execute C programs for simple applications.
CO3 - Develop programs using the basic elements like control statements, Arrays and Strings.
CO4 - Solve the memory access problems by using pointers.
CO5 - Understand about the dynamic memory allocation using pointers which is essential for utilizing memory.
CO6 - Understand the uses of pre-processors and various header file directives.
APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY
PLACEMENT: I SEMESTER
THEORY: 3 Credits (60 Hours)
DESCRIPTION: This course is designed to enable the students to develop understanding about basic concepts of
psychology and its application in personal and community life, health, illness and nursing. It further provides students
opportunity to recognize the significance and application of soft skills and self-empowerment in the practice of nursing.
COMPETENCIES: On completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Identify the importance of psychology in individual and professional life.
2. Develop understanding of the biological and psychological basis of human behaviour.
3. Identify the role of nurse in promoting mental health and dealing with altered personality.
4. Perform the role of nurses applicable to the psychology of different age groups.
5. Identify the cognitive and affective needs of clients.
6. Integrate the principles of motivation and emotion in performing the role of nurse in caring for emotionally sick client.
7. Demonstrate basic understanding of psychological assessment and nurse‘s role.
8. Apply the knowledge of soft skills in workplace and society.
9. Apply the knowledge of self-empowerment in workplace, society and personal life.
| Unit | Time (Hrs) | Learning Outcomes | Content | Teaching/ Learning Activities | Assessment Methods | |
| I | 2 (T) | Describe scope, branches and significance of psychology in nursing | Introduction Meaning of Psychology Development of psychology – Scope, branches and methods of psychology Relationship with other subjects Significance of psychology in nursing Applied psychology to solve everyday issues | Lecture cum Discussion | Essay Short answer | |
| II | 4 (T) | Describe biology of human behaviour | Biological basis of behavior –Introduction Body mind relationship Genetics and behaviour Inheritance of behaviour Brain and behaviour. Psychology and sensation – sensory process – normal and abnormal | Lecture Discussion | Essay Short answer | |
| III | 5 (T) | Describe mentally healthy person and defense mechanisms | Mental health and mental hygiene Concept of mental health and mental hygiene Characteristic of mentally healthy person Warning signs of poor mental health Promotive and preventive mental health strategies and services Defense mechanism and its implication Frustration and conflict – types of conflicts and measurements to overcome Role of nurse in reducing frustration and conflict and enhancing coping Dealing with ego | Lecture Case discussion Role play | Essay Short answer Objective type | |
| IV | 7 (T) | Describe psychology of people in different age groups and role of nurse | Developmental psychology Physical, psychosocial and cognitive development across life span – Prenatal through early childhood, middle to late childhood through adolescence, early and mid-adulthood, late adulthood, death and dying Role of nurse in supporting normal growth and development across the life span Psychological needs of various groups in health and sickness – Infancy, childhood, adolescence, adulthood and older adult Introduction to child psychology and role of nurse in meeting the psychological needs of
| Lecture Group discussion | Essay Short answer |
| V | 4 (T) | Explain personality and role of nurse in identification and improvement in altered personality | Personality Meaning, definition of personality Classification of personality Measurement and evaluation of personality – Introduction Alteration in personality Role of nurse in identification of individual personality and improvement in altered personality | Lecture Discussion Demonstration | Essay and short answer Objective type | |
| VI | 16 (T) | Explain cognitive process and their applications | Cognitive process Attention – definition, types, determinants, duration, degree and alteration in attention Perception – Meaning of Perception, principles, factor affecting perception, Intelligence – Meaning of intelligence – Effect of heredity and environment in intelligence, classification, Introduction to measurement of intelligence tests – Mental deficiencies Learning – Definition of learning, types of learning, Factors influencing learning – Learning process, Habit formation Memory-meaning and nature of memory, factors influencing memory, methods to improve memory, forgetting Thinking – types, level, reasoning and problem solving. Aptitude – concept, types, individual differences and variability Psychometric assessment of cognitive processes – Introduction Alteration in cognitive processes | Lecture Discussion | Essay and short answer Objective type | |
| VII | 6 (T) | Describe motivation, emotion, attitude and role of nurse in emotionally sick client | Motivation and emotional processes Motivation – meaning, concept, types, theories of motivation, motivation cycle, biological and special motives Emotions – Meaning of emotions, development of emotions, alteration of emotion, emotions in sickness – handling emotions in self and other Stress and adaptation – stress, stressor, cycle, effect, adaptation and coping
| Lecture Group discussion | Essay and short answer Objective type |
| VIII | 4 (T) | Explain psychological assessment and tests and role of nurse | Psychological assessment and tests – introduction Types, development, characteristics, principles, uses, interpretation Role of nurse in psychological assessment | Lecture Discussion Demonstration | Short answer Assessment of practice |
| IX | 10 (T) | Explain concept of soft skill and its application in work place and society | Application of soft skill Concept of soft skill Types of soft skill – visual, aural and communication skill The way of communication Building relationship with client and society Interpersonal Relationships (IPR): Definition, Types, and Purposes, Interpersonal skills, Barriers, Strategies to overcome barriers Survival strategies – managing time, coping stress, resilience, work – life balance Applying soft skill to workplace and society – Presentation skills, social etiquette, telephone etiquette, motivational skills, teamwork etc. Use of soft skill in nursing | Lecture Group discussion Role play Refer/Complete Soft skills module | Essay and short answer |
| X | 2 (T) | Explain self empowerment | Self-empowerment Dimensions of self-empowerment Self-empowerment development Importance of women‘s empowerment in society Professional etiquette and personal grooming Role of nurse in empowering others | Lecture Discussion | Short answer Objective type |
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable the student to understand the modern mechatronics components.
To present the underlying principles and alternatives for mechatronics systems design.
To provide the student with the opportunity for hands-on experience with the related components of the technology for diverse domains of application.

- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatesh S
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Acquaint students with core knowledge in visual information processing and learning.
CO2 - Implement Digital Image Processing Mechanisms.
CO3 - Analyze and design Digital Image Generation Mechanisms.
CO4 - Representation of geometry and subdivision methods.
CO5 - Describe the Learning Methods in Vision.
CO6 - Comprehend the concepts related three dimensional object representations.
- ஆசிரியர்: CHITRA P
This course provide introduction to the basic principles and techniques used in the field of chemical engineering, providing a solid understanding of the fundamentals of the application.

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
To acquire basic understanding of concepts and laws of thermodynamics, volumetric properties of fluids and thermodynamic properties of fluids

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A

The Real-Time Embedded Systems specialization is a course taking you from a beginning practitioner, to a more advanced real-time system analyst and designer. Knowledge and experience gained on hard to master topics such as predictable response services, when to allocate requirements to hardware or software, as well as mission critical design will enhance your engineering talent. You will gain experience building a simple, but real, system project with real-time challenges, that will boost your confidence.

- ஆசிரியர்: Balamurugan Velan
|
SPYA1303 |
Research Methodology – I |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
|
4 |
100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
· To understand the basic principles that governs psychological research.
· To understand the variables, sample, and various methods in research
· To be familiar in writing research report
Unit I: Introduction (15 hours)
Meaning of research - Objectives of research- Various steps in research - Types of research - Significance of research - Research methods versus methodology - Review of literature - Problems encountered by researchers in India - Ethical consideration in psychological research.
Unit II: Measurement and Scaling Techniques (15 hours)
Measurement in research - Measurement scales - Source of errors in measurement – Scaling -meaning of scaling - Scale construction techniques - Test development and standardization - Reliability - Validity.
Unit III: Variables and Methods of data collection (15 hours)
Meaning of variable – Various types of variables - Observation methods - Survey method - Questionnaire methods - Interview method –types of interview – Checklist - Rating scales.
Unit IV: Sampling fundamentals and Methods of Psychological Research (15 hours)
Sample - Sample size and its determination – types of sampling - Estimation and estimating population proportion - Testing of hypothesis - Experimental - Quasi-experimental - Case studies.
Unit V: Interpretation and Report Writing (15 hours)
Meaning of interpretation - Precaution in interpretation - Mechanics for writing a research report steps involved in writing research report - Precaution in writing research reports.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the fundamentals of research including research problem, literature review, and hypothesis and so on.
2. Understand the different types of research design used in psychological research and be aware of the strengths and weaknesses of different designs.
3. Apply knowledge of statistics and methodology to undertake various key steps (e.g., design, data collection, screening, preparation, analysis of data, and write-up of research results) to create research of a high quality in an area of psychology.
4. Apply knowledge of research methodology in further study and professional practice.
References:
1. Michael Smithson, (2000), Statistics with Confidence: An Introduction for Psychologists, sage publications.
2. David C. Howell (2012), Statistical Methods for Psychology Cengage Learning.
3. Guilford, J.P. (1973), Fundamental Statistics in Psychology and Education,.McGraw Hill Kogakusha.
4. Ferguson, George, A. (1976), Statistical Analysis in Psychology & Education, McGraw Hill, Kogakusha.
5. Mangal, S. K. (2004), Statistics in Psychology and Education. 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, Delhi
6.Kothari, C. R. (2007). Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques. 2nd ed. New Age International Publishers.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Parveen Banu R
- COURSE OBJECTIVES
- Understand control structures, functions and Arrays in C.
- Construct modules for real time applications using Functions in C.
- Comprehend pointers and file handling mechanisms
CO2 - Build simple solution for any given problem statement using various components of problem solving techniques and measure its efficiency in terms of time and space.
CO3 - Infer and examine the roots and foundation of C programming‘s key concepts like data types, operators.
CO4 - Devise and correlate the use of different core concepts such as arrays and functions in C language.
CO5 - Formulate real time solutions through programs using structure and union in C language.
CO6 - Design and develop various application oriented program for solving real time societal problems.

- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha M
- ஆசிரியர்: Pushpavalli M
➢ To understand the mechanisms of current flow in semi-conductors.
➢ To familiarize on the principle of operation, capabilities and limitation of various advanced semiconductor devices and its practical application.
➢ To design practical circuits with alternate electronic devices.
➢ To study Nano devices.

- ஆசிரியர்: annieangelinepreethi .
- ஆசிரியர்: Rajasekar B
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. SUMATHI M
- ஆசிரியர்: SUGADEV M
- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: Kalaipriya O
- ஆசிரியர்: CHITRA P
- ஆசிரியர்: Indhu R
- ஆசிரியர்: LAKSHMI S
- ஆசிரியர்: Mary Sajin Sanju
- ஆசிரியர்: Vijaya Baskar V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
* To acquaint the students with the construction, theory, and operation of the basic electronic devices such as PN junction diode, Bipolar and Field-effect Transistors, Power control devices, LED, LCD, and other Optoelectronic devices.
*To understand the mechanisms of current flow in semiconductors.
* To familiarize on the principle of operation, capabilities, and limitations of various advanced semiconductor devices and its practical application.
* To design practical circuits with alternate electronic devices.
* To study about the display devices and power semiconductors.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Apply the knowledge of basic semiconductor materials and understand fabrication processes.
CO2 - Analyse the characteristics of various electronic devices like diode, transistor etc.
CO3 - Classify and analyse the various circuit configurations of Transistor and MOSFETs.
CO4 - Illustrate the qualitative knowledge of Power electronic Devices.
CO5 - Become Aware of the latest technological changes in Display Devices.
CO6 - Apply the knowledge of basic semiconductor materials and understand fabrication processes.

- ஆசிரியர்: Bhuvana B P
- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: YOKESH V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To familiarize the student with the design and analysis of Rectifiers and power supplies.
Ø To understand different Transistor biasing circuits.
Ø To understand Small signal analysis of FET and MOSFET amplifiers.
Ø To understand working of feedback amplifiers, oscillators, tuned amplifiers and multivibrators
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand basic construction, equivalent circuits and characteristics of basic electronics devices.
CO2 - Understand basic linear electronics circuits and their working principle.
CO3 - Design and analyze DC Power supplies.
CO4 - Design and analyze multistage amplifiers.
CO5 - Design negative feedback amplifier circuits and oscillators.
CO6 - Analyze and design solid state power amplifier circuits.

- ஆசிரியர்: Bhuvaneswari C
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide strong understanding of geometric modelling techniques used for creating the CAD models.
To make the awareness about the computer applications to the manufacturing and factory operations.
To offer the fundamental knowledge of the numerical methods to perform the design analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 - Interpret how the geometric modelling techniques are applied to make the product designs.
CO2 - Create the CAD models using sketch tools, design features, assembly, and drawing annotations in a CAD package.
CO3 - Explain how the computer packages are employed in the direct and/or indirect manufacturing applications.
CO4 - Make a mechanical component using CNC machine/ 3D printer.
CO5 - Determine the nodal solutions to the one-dimensional element finite element problems.
CO6 - Perform the structural analyses of the stated 1D, 2D and 3D structural problems from solid mechanics.
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT 1 CAD FUNDAMENTALS 6 Hrs.Computer graphics fundamentals, geometric transformation, viewing transformation, line generating algorithms, and hidden line removal algorithms.
UNIT 2 GEOMETRIC MODELING 6 Hrs.
Wireframe modelling: analytical curves and synthetic curves. Surface modelling: analytical surfaces and synthetic surfaces. Solid modelling: constructive solid geometry (CSG), boundary representation, parametric modelling. Assembly modelling.
UNIT 3 CAM APPLICATIONS IN FACTORY OPERATIONS 6 Hrs.
Indirect computer applications: Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP), Computer aided quality testing, Computer aided process monitoring, Computer integrated production system (CIPS), Enterprise resource planning (ERP).
UNIT 4 CNC PROGRAMMING 6 Hrs.
NC, DNC and CNC machine tools, rapid prototyping. NC Programming: point to point and continuous path machining approaches, G Codes, M Codes, Canned cycles, Manual NC programming for turning and milling operations.
UNIT 5 COMPUTER AIDED ANALYSIS FUNDAMENTALS 6 Hrs.
General form of finite element equation, Numerical solutions to one-dimensional problems from solid mechanics. Steps in finite element analysis.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 Hrs.
Activity 1: 2D Sketching using a CAD package.
Activity 2: 3D Part modelling using a CAD package.
Activity 3: 3D Assembly modelling using a CAD package.
Activity 4: Drawing a sheet with different model views, annotations and dimensions using a CAD package.
Activity 5: Apply rendering effects to the models using a CAD package.
Activity 6: NC Turning using an NC simulation software.
Activity 7: NC Machining using an NC simulation software.
Activity 8: Make a component using a CNC turning centre.
Activity 9: Make a component using a CNC machining centre.
Activity 10: Make a prototype using a 3D printing.
Activity 11: Structural analysis of one-dimensional element (bar) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 12: Structural analysis of one-dimensional element (beam) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 13: Structural analysis of one-dimensional element (truss) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 14: Structural analysis of two-dimensional element (plate) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 15: Structural analysis of three-dimensional element (solid component) problems using an FEA package.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Zhuming Bi and Xiaoqin Wang, "Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing", Wiley, 2020.2. Ibrahim Zeid and R. Sivasubramanian, "CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice: Special Indian Edition", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2009, 828 Pages.
3. Sudip S. Bhattacharjee, "Finite Element Analysis of Solids and Structures", CRC Press, 2021.
4. Kuang-Hua Chang, "E-Design: Computer-Aided Engineering Design", Elsevier Science, 2016.
5. Donald D. Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, "Computer Graphics, C Version", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2014, 660 pages.
6. Pawan Negi, Mangey Ram, Om Prakash Yadav, "Basics of CNC Programming", River Publishers, 2022.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. ANISH M
- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatesh S
- ஆசிரியர்: V SIVAPRAKASH
- ஆசிரியர்: AROCKIA SUTHAN
This course enable the students
- To understand the fluid properties, flow characteristics and hydrostatic force on surfaces.
- To study the equation of motions such as mass, momentum and energy equation and their practical applications.
- To understand the working principle of of hydraulic machines such as pumps and turbines

- Teacher: Dr. Karthikeyan A
- Teacher: Kanimozhi B
- Teacher: VENKATESAN S P
A knowledge of fluid mechanics is essential for the chemical engineer because the majority of chemical-processing operations are conducted either partly or totally in the fluid phase.
- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
Heat Transfer course demonstrates the three modes of heat transfer through conduction, convection and radiation. Along conduction the heat flow through steady state and unsteady state systems were elaborated in detail through the access of one, two and three dimensional systems. Convection highlights the fluid flow under the influence of various flows accustomed with the applications of various flow equations. The radiation mechanisms were described through the application of various electromagnetic laws. Design of Heat transfer equipment such as heat ex-changers and evaporation units were also well discussed using the fundamental and derived equations governing heat transfer process.

- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
➢ To know the fundamentals of innate and acquired immunity. To understand how immune system fights and
combats the infection and diseases. To get an insight about the principle mechanism of immunity

- ஆசிரியர்: Usha Nandhini S
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Compare the amino acid sequence and structure of proteins relating this information to the function of proteinsCO2 - Analyze several techniques used for isolation and characterisation of proteins
CO3 - Appraise protein databases as a storehouse for the latest information in protein research
CO4 - Analyse the protein sequence for their structural properties
CO5 - Apply appropriate tools to predict the structure of proteins
CO6 - Appraise enzymes and different protein design strategies used to design completely new proteins tailored to specific tasks

COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Compare the amino acid sequence and structure of proteins relating this information to the function of proteinsCO2 - Analyze several techniques used for isolation and characterisation of proteins
CO3 - Appraise protein databases as a storehouse for the latest information in protein research
CO4 - Analyse the protein sequence for their structural properties
CO5 - Apply appropriate tools to predict the structure of proteins
CO6 - Appraise enzymes and different protein design strategies used to design completely new proteins tailored to specific tasks

- ஆசிரியர்: Inbathamizh L
- ஆசிரியர்: Gracelydiaphoebe M
To give students a broad and challenging experience that will formulate their thought process by in-depth investigation, analysis and critical review of relevant materials.
To enable their understanding, cognitive and communicative skills, critic the existing practices in Sustainable Architecture based on the current practices, new trends and technologies.
To provide students an opportunity to cultivate specialization in the areas of their own interest and undertake academic research or develop specific sustainable design independently
Dissertation work includes processes such as: Research area identification; hypothesis of research topic; literature sourcing and search; aim and objective definition; formulation of methodology; field study planning; survey data collection, analysis and result presentation; literature study; conceptual an empirical :compilation and inference drawing; research study validation through case studies, field application and simulation models; discussion of research findings; study conclusion and recommendation formulations.

- ஆசிரியர்: Catherine S
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To channelize the knowledge constructed on ‘sustainable principles in architecture’ and successful integration in the identified typology
The project provides students an opportunity for academic research to cultivate specialization in the areas of their own interest under the overall guidance of the faculty.
The objective of the seminar work is to train the students to prepare state of art report by assimilation of concepts / ideas on a chosen topic in the area of Sustainable Architecture.

- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha S
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To undergo professional training in a firm to get experience of handling various environmental design practice, Sustainable developments and learn latest software trending in the market.
To utilize the forum to discuss key issues in the projects, keep track of the different sustainable approaches, communicate with the stakeholders and get an overall view of the contract administration.
The final project report will comprise of an in-depth research and analysis of activities in the form of drawings & relevant details, schematic charts & reports, photographs, documentation of the project, comments, suggestions, etc to appraise the efficiency in progress of work.
To undergo professional training in a firm to get experience of handling various environmental design practice,
Sustainable developments and learn latest software trending in the market.
➢ To utilize the forum to discuss key issues in the projects, keep track of the different sustainable approaches,
communicate with the stakeholders and get an overall view of the contract administration.
➢ The final project report will comprise of an in-depth research and analysis of activities in the form of drawings & relevant
details, schematic charts & reports, photographs, documentation of the project, comments, suggestions, etc to
appraise the efficiency in progress of work.

- ஆசிரியர்: Catherine S
Course Objectives
This course will enable the students to –
- Know the factors affecting the nutrient needs during different stages of life cycle & the RDA for various age groups.
- Gain knowledge of dietary modification for weight management.
Course Outcomes
On completion the student will be able to
- Develop a philosophy of why meal preparation and consumption at the family table is an important component in development and stability of families.
- Plan attractive meals with consideration for nutritional adequacy, income level, social, cultural, psychological, palatability, and aesthetic factors.
- Employ sanitation standards and safety procedures in food handling and in the use and care of kitchen utensils, equipment, and food storage.
- Demonstrate an understanding of factors affecting food habits, meal consumption patterns, and trends in food cost.
- Utilize managerial skills and available resources in food purchasing, and meal planning, preparation, and service
- Differentiate the meal menu between different age groups

- ஆசிரியர்: KANYA S
Aerospace Propulsion comprehensively covers the mechanics and thermal-fluid aspects of aerospace propulsion, starting from the fundamental principles, and covering applications to gas-turbine and space propulsion (rocket) systems

COURSE OBJECTIVE
To know about the airport planning, airport design and air traffic control
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 10 Hrs.
Significance of Air Transport -Economic Significance - - History Of Aviation - Air Transportation In India – Indian Airlines Corporation - Air India - International Corporation - International – Airport Authority Of India - (IAAI) – Civil Aviation – Open Sky Policy – Airport Terminology - Component Parts Of Airplane – Characteristics Of The Jet Aircraft – Civil And Military Aircrafts Classification Of Aerodromes . Classification Of Airports – Flying Activities - Aircraft Characteristics - Dimensional Standards - Landing Gear Configurations - Aircraft Weight - Engine Types - Wind Speed And Direction - Payload And Range -Runway Performance - Air Traffic Management - Flight Service Stations - Airspace Classifications And Airways - Area Navigation - Air Traffic Separation Rules - Longitudinal Separation - Lateral Separation In The Airspace - Navigational Aids - Ground-Based Systems
UNIT 2 AIRPORT PLANNING 10 Hrs.
The Airport System Plan - Master Plan - Project Plan - Continuing Planning Process - Levels Of Forecasting - Forecasting Methods - Time Series Method - Market Share Method - Econometric Modeling - Airport Design Standards – ICAO Standards - FAA Standards - Airport – Surveys –types Of Surveys - drawings - Capacity – Improving –Traffic Forecast – Planning – Airport Site Selection – Different Conditions - Zoning Laws – Airport Architecture - Environmental- Factors - Runway Orientation - Head Wind, - Cross Wind - Component- Wind rose – Runway Length – Corrections - Geometric Design Of Runways - Balanced Field - Concept - Airport Capacity – Runway – Patterns- Runway Types - Geometric Design Of Runway Intersection – Layout Of Taxiways Arrangement, Geometric Standards For Taxiway - Gradient - Exit Taxiways Air Traffic Control – Angle Of Turn, Compound Curve - Occupancy Time – Shape Of Taxiway – Loading Aprons – Holding Aprons - Configuration - Entry Runway - Holding Bays - Location – Peak Demands – Simple Problems - Capacity And Delay - Formulation Of Runway Capacity Through - Formulation Of Ultimate Capacity - Hourly Capacity -Parameters Required For Runway Capacity - Computation Of Delay On Runway Systems -Graphical Methods For Approximating - Simulation Models - Gate Capacity - Analytical Models For Gate Capacity.
UNIT 3 TERMINAL AREA DESIGN 9 Hrs.
Terminal Building Design Objectives – Passenger Flow – Parking – Size Of Apron – Hangars - Jet Blast – Typical Airport Layouts-Military Layouts – Types Of Pavements – Design Factors – Design Of Flexible, Rigid Pavements – LCN Method – Pavement failures – Maintenance ,Evaluation Of Airport Pavements – The CBR test - The Plate Bearing Test - Young’s Modulus (E Value) - Effect Of Frost On Soil Strength -Subgrade Stabilization - FAA Pavement Design Methods –Aircrafts-Pavement Classification – Joints In Cement Concrete Pavements - Pumping – Design –Pavements – Drainage – Importance Of Grading –Basic Requirements Of Airport Drainage- Surface Drainage – Design Procedure – Subsurface Drainage – Types Of Pipes
UNIT 4 AIRPORT LIGHTING, MARKING, AND SIGNAGE 8 Hrs.
The Requirements For Visual Aids - The Airport Beacon - The Aircraft Landing Operation - Alignment Guidance - Height Information - Approach Lighting -Visual Approach Slope Aids - Visual Approach Slope Indicator Precision Approach Path - Threshold Lighting - Runway Lighting - Runway Edge Lights - Runway Centerline And Touchdown Zone Lights - Runway Stop Bar - Runways - Runway Designators -Runway Threshold Markings – Different Types Of Markings - Taxiway Guidance Sign System - Signing Conventions - Sign Operation
UNIT 5 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 Hrs.
Importance – Air Traffic Control – Flight Rules - Meaning,- Responsibility – Type Of Control – Air Traffic Control Network –Control - Towers – Flight Service Stations - Air Traffic Control Aids –– GPS Air Traffic Control-Free Flight Types - Heliports- Stolports – Planning Of Heliport Ports – Characteristics of Stolports- Planning of StolPorts
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Airport Engineering ,Rangwala , Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd . Anand 388 001 India , 14th Edition ,2014
2. Planning And Design Of Airports, Fifth Edition Robert Horonjeff, Francis Mckelvey, William Sproule, Seth Young ,McGraw Hill Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2013
3. Airport Engineering: Planning, Design And Development Of Development Of 21st Century Airports, Norman J. Ashford, Saleh
4. Mumayiz, Paul H. Wright - 2011 - - 4th Edition,
5. Airport Planning &Design ,S. K. Khanna, M. G. Arora , NemChand Publishers ,New Delhi ,1999
6. Airport Engineering: Planning And Design ,Subhash Chandra Saxena , Alkem Company (S) Pte Limited, 2009.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
Aerodynamics is the study of forces and the resulting motion of objects through the air. Because aerodynamics involves both the motion of the object and the reaction of the air, there are several pages devoted to basic gas properties and how those properties change through the atmosphere.

This subject deals with solid mechanics and its behaviors at different conditions . it is related to aircraft structures

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. ANAND T
UNIT 1 PREREQUSITES TO EVALUATE AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE 9 Hrs. Properties of earth’s atmosphere and standard atmosphere, Forces and moments acting on a flight vehicle - Equation of motion of a rigid flight vehicle- Different types of drag – estimation of parasite drag co-efficient by proper area method- Drag polar of vehicles from low speed to high speeds.
UNIT 2 ENGINE CHARACTERISTICS 9 Hrs. Variation of thrust, power with velocity and altitudes for air breathing engines – specific fuel consumption of piston engine and jet engine – ideal efficiency of engines- power plants for flight vehicles – limitations of power plants with Mach number and altitude.
UNIT 3 EVALUATION OF UN - ACCELERATED FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 9 Hrs. Airplane performance in steady level flight - Power available and power required curves. Maximum speed in level flight - Conditions for minimum drag and power required - steady climb descent and glide performance. Climb and Glide Hodograph, Range and Endurance. .
UNIT 4 ACCELERATED AND MANOEUVERING FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 9 Hrs. Accelerated level flight - Climbing and gliding flight, Maximum rate of climb and steepest angle of climb, minimum rate of sink and shallowest angle of glide –Take off – Landing-Turning performance. Bank angle and load factor – limitations on turn - V-n diagram.
UNIT 5 FLIGHT TESTING METHODS TO EVALUATE PERFORMANCE 9 Hrs. Flight - testing: Altitude definitions, Speed definitions, Air speed, altitude and temperature measurements. Errors and calibration. Measurement of engine power, charts and corrections. Flight determination of drag polar. Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the need for ISA.
CO2 - Analyze the flight performance with variations of pressure and density with altitude.
CO3 - Estimation of total drag and drag polar that influence the performance.
CO4 - Analyze the performance in un-accelerated flight conditions.
CO5 - Determination of speed limit, load limit, landing and takeoff distances of the aircraft.
CO6 - Know different testing methods to evaluate aircraft performanc

- ஆசிரியர்: KEVIN BENNETT S
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. ANAND T
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concepts of applying Aero thermodynamics to non air breathing propulsion.
To familiarize the student's ability to analyze the concepts of Advance Propulsion.
To understand the basics of Solid Propellant, Liquid Propellant and Cryogenics.
To understand the basics of Micro propellants.
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION 9 Hrs.
History and evolution of rockets - Rocket principle and Rocket equation - Classification of rockets - Mass ratio of rocket- Rocket Nozzles - Classifications - Nozzle Performance - Nozzle area ratio - Mass flow rate Characteristic velocity - Thrust coefficient-Performance parameters and Efficiencies of rocket - Staging and Clustering.
UNIT 2 SOLID PROPELLANT ROCKET 9 Hrs.
Hardware components and its functions - Mechanism of burning - Ignition system and igniter types- Propellant grain configuration and its applications - Burn rate - Factors influencing burn rates-Burn rate index for stable operation - Action time and burn time - Design of Solid Propellant rocket.
UNIT 3 LIQUID AND CROGENIC PROPELLANT ROCKET 9 Hrs.
Classifications - Hardware components and its functions-Propellant feed systems and Turbo pump feed system - Injectors and types - Thrust chamber and its cooling-Cryogenic propulsion system, Special features of cryogenic systems. Thermophysical Properties of Cryogenic Propellants; Geysering Phenomenon.
UNIT 4 ADVANCE PROPULSION TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs.
Hybrid propellant rocket and gelled propellants - Electrical rockets - Electro-thermal, Electro-static and Electro-magnetic propulsion system- Arc-jet thruster - Ion thruster - Hall Effect Thruster - Magneto plasma dynamic thruster- Nuclear rockets -Solar sail.
UNIT 5 MICRO PROPULSION SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Recent Micro Spacecraft Developments; Micro propulsion Options; Primary Set of Micro propulsion Requirements; Chemical Propulsion Options; Review of Electric Propulsion Technologies for Micro and Nano- satellites; Emerging Technologies: MEMS and MEMS- Hybrid Propulsion System.
Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the working principles of non air breathing engine.
CO2 - Comprehend the sound foundation in the design principles of solid propellants.
CO3 - Learn the operation of Liquid and Cryogenic Propellant Rocket.
CO4 - Understand the concept of Advance Propulsion Techniques.
CO5 - Understand the principle and performance of. Micro propulsion system.
CO6 - Applying the importance of Advance Propulsion in Aerospace.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. George P. Sutton and Oscar Biblarz. “Rocket Propulsion Elements” 9th Edition, Wiley Publication, 2016.
2. Ramamurthi.K: “Rocket propulsion” Macmillan Publishing Co, India. 1st Edition. 2010.
3. Hill.P.G. and Peterson.C.R: “Mechanics and thermodynamics of propulsion” 2nd Edition .Pearson Education, 1999.
4. V.Ganesan., “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 3rd Edition, 2010.
5. Philip Hill and Carl Peterson, “Mechanics and thermodynamics of propulsion”, Pearson India, 2nd Edition, 2010.
6. Cohen.H, Rogers.G.F.C. andSaravanamuttoo.H.I.H, “Gas turbine theory”. Pearson education, 5th Edition, 2001.
7. Saeed Farokhi, “Aircraft Propulsion”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc ., 2009.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
To understand the concepts of air vehicle design.
To estimate aerodynamic, propulsive and gravitational forces for design.
To select airframe components and power plant.
To analyze the performance, stability and control of the airplane.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Aircraft Design Requirements, specifications, role of users, Aerodynamic and Structural consideration, Airworthiness requirements and standards-classifications of airplanes, relative merits and demerits. Special features of modern airplane, Weight-estimation based on mission requirements.
UNIT 2 AERODYNAMIC DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE 9 Hrs.
Basics of Wing Design, Selection of airfoil selection, influencing factors. Span wise load distribution and Planform shapes of airplane wing. Wing drag estimation. High lift devices, Air Loads in Flight, Symmetrical measuring loads in flight, Basic flight loading conditions, Load factor, Velocity - Load factor diagram, gust load and its estimation.
UNIT 3 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 9 Hrs.
Structural aspects of design of airplane, Bending moment and shear force diagram. Design principles of all metal stressed skin wings for civil and military application, features of light airplanes using advanced composite materials.
UNIT 4 INTEGRATION OF WING, FUSELAGE, EMPENNAGE AND POWER PLANT 9 Hrs. Estimation of Horizontal and Vertical tail volume ratios. Choice of power plant and various options of locations, considerations of appropriate air -intakes. Integration of wing, fuselage, empennage and power plant. Estimation of center of gravity.
UNIT 5 ADVANCED DESIGN CONCEPTS 9 Hrs.
Supercritical Wings, relaxed static Stability, controlled configured vehicles, V/STOL aircraft and, rotary wing vehicles. Layout peculiarities of supersonic aircraft – optimization of wing loading to achieve desired performance – loads on undercarriages and design requirements. Max.45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 - Understand the concepts of design through preliminary design.
CO2 - Estimate the gross weight of the aircraft using statistical data.
CO3 - Evaluate aerodynamic and performance parameters for design.
CO4 - Understand the Structural aspects of airplane design.
CO5 - Analyze the stability and performance by CG calculation and engine characteristics. CO6 - Understand the advanced design concepts.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. D.P. Raymer, “Aircraft Conceptual design”, AIAA Series, 2012.
2. G. Corning, “Supersonic & Subsonic Airplane Design”, II Edition, Edwards Brothers Inc., Michigan 2010.
3. E.F. Bruhn, “Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures”, Tristate Offset Co., U.S.A., 2011.
4. E. Torenbeek, “Synthesis of Subsonic Airplane Design”, Delft University Press, London, 1976.
5. A.A. Lebedenski, “Notes on airplane design”, Part-I, I.I.Sc., Bangalore.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To know about the airport planning, airport design and air traffic control
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Describes the structure of the Airport and its infrastructure coming under AAI and IAAI.
CO2: Construct the Airport infrastructure as per FAA and ICAO standards.
CO3: Design of the airport terminal infrastructure as per FAA Pavement design methods and joints in cement concrete pavements.
CO4: Design of the runway lightning, marking centerline and sign operation for aircraft taxiway guidance system.
CO5: Develop the Air Traffic Control by Network control method in airports for landing the aircrafts in touch down point.
CO6: Develop the Air Traffic Control by Tower control Flight service station for landing and takeoff the aircrafts.
UNIT 1 AIRPORT PLANNING 9 Hrs.
Air transport characteristics-airport classification-air port planning: objectives, components, layout characteristics, socioeconomic characteristics of the Catchment area, criteria for airport site selection and ICAO stipulations, Typical airport layouts, Case studies, Parking and circulation area.
UNIT 2 AIRPORT DESIGN 9 Hrs.
Runway Design: Orientation, Wind Rose Diagram – Runway length – Problems on basic and Actual Length, Geometric design of runways, Elements of Taxiway Design – Airport Zones – Passenger Facilities and Services.
UNIT 3 DESIGN OF AERODROME PAVEMENT 9 Hrs.
Procedure for pavement design (Aircraft Classification Number (ACN) - Pavement Classification Number (PCN) method), Elements of pavement Evaluation, USA practices: design of flexible and rigid pavements, design examples (FAA method, FAAR FIELD method).
UNIT 4 DESIGN OF VISUAL AIDS 9 Hrs.
Operational factors, operating approach slope marking, visual indicators system (T- VASIS, PAPI), runway and taxiway lighting, surface movement guidance and control requirements, additional marking of pavement shoulders, apron marking, taxiway edge system, Signs, Frangibility.
UNIT 5 SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Introduction to State Safety Program - Introduction to Safety Management System. Airport drainage: Purpose, determination run-off (FAA method), typical drainage layout, sub-surface drainage.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Airport Engineering ,Rangwala , Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd . Anand 388 001 India , 14th Edition ,2014
2. Planning And Design Of Airports, Fifth Edition Robert Horonjeff, Francis Mckelvey, William Sproule, Seth Young ,McGraw Hill Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2013
3. Airport Engineering: Planning, Design And Development Of Development Of 21st Century Airports, Norman J. Ashford, Saleh
4. Mumayiz, Paul H. Wright - 2011 - - 4th Edition,
5. Airport Planning &Design ,S. K. Khanna, M. G. Arora , NemChand Publishers ,New Delhi ,1999
6. Airport Engineering: Planning And Design ,Subhash Chandra Saxena , Alkem Company (S) Pte Limited, 2009.

- ஆசிரியர்: GokulNath R
SAEA3017 MANNED SPACE MISSIONS
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Know the advanced concepts of manned space missions to the engineers.
Understand the space and environment and its conditions.
Apply the concept of life supporting devices.
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPACE MISSIONS 9 Hrs.
The physics of space, Current missions: space station, Moon mission and Mars missions, Engineering challenges on Manned vs. unmanned missions, Scientific and technological gains from space programs, Salient features of Apollo and Space station missions, space shuttle mission.
UNIT 2 SPACE VS EARTH ENVIRONMENT 9 Hrs.
Atmosphere: Structure and Composition, Atmosphere: Air Pressure, Temperature, and Density, Atmosphere: Meteoroid, Orbital Debris & Radiation Protection, Human Factors of Crewed Spaceflight, Safety of Crewed Spaceflight, Magnetosphere, Radiation Environment: Galactic Cosmic Radiation (GCR), Solar Particle Events (SPE), Radiation and the Human Body, Impact of microgravity and g forces on humans, space adaptation syndrome.
UNIT 3 LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND COUNTERMEASURES 9 Hrs.
Life Support Systems and Space Survival Overview, Environment Controlled Life Support Systems (ECLSS), Human / Machine Interaction, Human Factors in Control Design, Crew Accommodations.
UNIT4 MISSION LOGISTICS AND PLANNING 9 Hrs.
Group Dynamics: Ground Communication and Support, Space Resources and Mission Planning ‐ Space Mission Design: Rockets and Launch Vehicles ‐ Orbital Selection and Astrodynamics , Entry, Descent, Landing, and Ascent, Designing and Sizing Space elements, Transfer, Entry, Landing, and Ascent Vehicles, Designing, Sizing, and Integrating a Surface Base, Planetary Surface Vehicles.
UNIT 5 SUBSYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Spacecraft Subsystems: Space Operations, Space Architecture, Attitude Determination and Control‐ Designing Power Systems, Extravehicular Activity (EVA) Systems, Space Robotics, Mission Operations for Crewed Spaceflight ‐ Command, Control, and Communications Architecture.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the working principles of basic control system.
CO2 - Comprehend the sound foundation in the various subsystems.
CO3 - Learn the advanced concepts of manned space missions to the engineers.
CO4 - Understand the space and environment and its conditions.
CO5 - Understand the the principle and performance of various subsystems.
CO6 - Applying the importance of the mission logistics and planning.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Larson, W. J. and Pranke, L. K., Human Spaceflight: Mission Analysis and Design, McGraw‐Hill Higher Education,Washington, DC , 1999 2. McNamara, Bernard. 2010.
2. Into the Final Frontier: The Human Exploration of Space (BrooksCole Publishing), 2012.
3. Connors, M.M., Harrison, A.A., and Akins, F.R. 2005. Living Aloft: Human Requirements for Extended Spaceflight, University Press of the Pacific, Honolulu, Hawaii: ISBN: 1‐4102‐1983‐6 4 Eckart, P. 1996. Spaceflight Life Support and Biospherics.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
UNIT1 BASIC PROPERTIES OF ATMOSPHERE 9Hrs.
Heat, Temperature, and Temperature Scales - The Electromagnetic Spectrum - Composition of the Atmosphere - Layers in the atmosphere are defined by temperature profiles, How pressure varies in the atmosphere - Principal weather instruments – Earth’s Radiation Belts.
UNIT2 CLASSIFICATION OF AEROSPACE VEHICLES 9Hrs.
Fixed wing Aircraft – Classification of Aircraft, Aircraft as a Space Launcher assistance – Rotorcraft – Classification of Rotorcraft – Missiles – Classification of Missiles, Missile technology missions – Space Vehicles – classification of space vehicles.
UNIT3 SATELLITE MISSION AND CONFIGURATION 9Hrs.
Mission Overview – Requirements for different missions – Spacecraft configuration - Spacecraft Bus–Payload–Requirements and constraints– Initial configuration decisions and Trade-offs–Spacecraft configuration process– Broad design of Spacecraft Bus–Subsystem layout–Types of Satellites–Constellations– Applications
UNIT4 FUNDAMENTALS OF MISSILE SYSTEMS 9Hrs.
History of guided missile for defence applications- Classification of missiles– The Generalized Missile Equations of Motion- Coordinate Systems- Lagrange’s Equations for Rotating Coordinate Systems-Rigid-Body Equations of Motion-missile system elements, missile ground systems.
UNIT5 SPACE ENVIRONMENT 9Hrs.
Peculiarities of space environment and its description– effect of the space environment on materials of spacecraft structure and astronauts- manned space missions – effect on satellite life time
Max.45Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Describe the layers in the atmosphere and earth’s radiation belts.
CO2: Classify the space launchers, missiles, rotorcraft and aircrafts for different applications.
CO3: Categorize the satellite mission configuration and types of satellites required for different applications.
CO4: Estimate the missile equations of motion in static and rotating coordinate system
CO5: Analyse the rigid body equation of motion for missile systems.
CO6: Synthesize the effect of the space environment on materials of spacecraft structures and astronauts.
TEXT/REFERENCEBOOKS
1. Cornelisse, J.W., “Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamics”, J.W. Freeman &Co.,Ltd, London, 1982
2. Siouris, G.M. "Missile Guidance and control systems", Springer, 2003.
3. James R.Wertzand WileyJ.Larson,” Space Mission Analysis and Design”, (Third Edition),1999.
4. Charles D.Brown, “Spacecraft Mission Design”, AIAA Education Series, Published by AIAA, 1998
5. Van de Kamp, “Elements of astromechanics”, Pitman Publishing Co., Ltd., London, 1980.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. ANAND T
Thermodynamics is the science of heat as a special form of energy exchange. It is thus a branch of energetics, the general science of the forms and interchanges of energy. From a thermodynamic standpoint energy can be exchanged in two fundamental ways: in the form of work or in the form of heat.

- ஆசிரியர்: Anderson A
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation relating to aerodynamics.
To make the student understand the concept of vorticity, irotationality, theory of airfoils and wing sections.
To introduce the basics of viscous flow.
UNIT 1 REVIEW OF BASIC AERODYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Atmosphere- Air speeds- Aerodynamic definitions Types of Drag- General Aerodynamic characteristics of airfoil sections-Complex potential-Singularities-Equations of Vortex-doublet and Rankine oval - Lift and Drag on cylinder and Aero foil.
UNIT 2 LOW SPEED FLOW 9 Hrs.
Models of the fluid: control volumes and fluid elements. Continuity, Momentum and energy equations. Substantial derivative, incompressible Bernoulli’s equation.
UNIT 3 AIRFOIL AND CONFORMAL TRANSFORMATION 9 Hrs.
Airfoils Nomenclature and NACA series, Airfoil Characteristics, Vortex sheet, Kelvin Circulation theorem Thin aerofoil theory and its applications. Joukowski transformation and its application to fluid flow problems.
UNIT 4 WING THEORY 9 Hrs.
Introduction to Finite wing, Downwash and Induced Drag, Biot -Savart law and Helmhotz’s theorems, Horse shoe vortex, Prandtl’s Classical Lifting line theory and its limitations.
UNIT 5 VISCOUS FLOW 9 Hrs.
Derivation of Navier-Stokes equation for two-dimensional flows, boundary layer approximations, laminar boundary equations and boundary conditions, Blasius solution, qualitative features of boundary layer flow under pressure gradients, Integral method, aspects of transition to turbulence, turbulent boundary layer properties over a flat plate at low speeds. Separation of flow over bodies stream lined and bluff bodies, Lift and Drag on cylinder and Aero foil.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Apply aerodynamics concepts.
CO2 - Develops mathematical modelling ability.
CO3 - Differentiate between ideal and real flows.
CO4 - Model flow over wing.
CO5 - Understand the real time viscous flow.
CO6 - Understand the Boundary Layer behaviour.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Aerodynamics for. Engineering Students. Sixth Edition. E.L. Houghton. P.W. Carpenter. Steven H. Collicott. Daniel T. Valentine, 2013 Elsevier, Ltd.
2. Bertin, John J., Aerodynamics for Engineers, Pearson Education Inc., 2002.
3. John J. Bertin, Russell M. Cummings, “Aerodynamics for Engineering students”, Sixth Edition,Pearson,2013.
4. Anderson J.D., “Fundamentals of Aerodynamics”, Sixth Edition , McGraw Hill Book Co., NewYork,2017.
5. Schlichting H., “Boundary layer theory” , Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill, NewYork 2014.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
- ஆசிரியர்: MATHIYARASI M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concepts of compressibility.
To make the student understand the theory behind the formation of shocks and expansion fans in Supersonic flows.
To introduce the methodology of measurements in Supersonic flows.
UNIT 1 CONCEPTS OF COMPRESSIBLE FLOW 9 Hrs.
Basic concepts of compressible flow, Review of continuity, energy and momentum equations. One dimensional inviscid flow; Stagnation quantities; Isentropic conditions. Speed of sound and Mach number; Isentropic relations; Area-velocity relation. Flow through constant area duct.
UNIT 2 COMPRESSION AND EXPANSION WAVES 9 Hrs.
Normal shock –Prandtl equation and Rankine–Hugonoit relation .Oblique shock and supersonic compression by turning. Weak shocks and Mach waves; Super sonic expansion by turning. Prandtl-Meyer expansion fan; Reflection and intersection of shocks. Shock detachment and bow shock; Shock Expansion theory with application to thin airfoils.
UNIT 3 AIRFOIL IN HIGH SPEED FLOWS 9 Hrs.
Small perturbation potential theory, solutions for supersonic flows, Mach waves and Mach angles, Prandtl-Glauert rule - affine transformation relations for subsonic flows, linearized two dimensional supersonic flow theory - Lift, drag, pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles.
UNIT 4 TRANSONIC FLOW OVER WING 9 Hrs.
Lower and upper critical mach numbers, Lift and drag divergence, shock induced separation, characteristics of swept wings, Effects of thickness, camber and aspect ratio of wings, Transonic area rule, Tip effects.
UNIT 5 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES FOR HIGH SPEED FLOWS 9 Hrs.
Blow down, indraft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features. Transonic, supersonic and hypersonic tunnels and their peculiarities. Helium and gun tunnels, Shock tubes, Optical methods of flow visualization.
Max.45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge on the basic concepts of compressible flowCO2 - Distinguish the compression and expansion waves on arbitrary bodies and open deflected conduits. CO3 - Solve the lift, drag and center of pressure of supersonic airfoils.
CO4 - Differentiate the transonic flow effects over Wings and wing fuselage compartment.
CO5 - Understand the different types of tunnel layouts and their design features.
CO6 - Analyse the shock tube effect and application of flow visualization in it.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Radhakrishnan, Ethirajan., Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons,2010.
2. Anderson J. D., Jr., Modern Compressible Flow with Historical Perspective, McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,2004.
3. H W Liepmann and A Roshko, Elements of Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons.
4. Shapiro, A.H., "Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow", Ronold Press.
5. Zucrow, M.J. and Anderson, J.D., "Elements of gas dynamics", McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
6. Clancy,L,J., “Aerodynamics”, Pitman, Shroff Publishing co.,2006.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
COURSE OBJECTIVE
- To study the various types of communication techniques and their analysis based on Fourier transform and to provide fundamental knowledge of pulse modulation techniques and their types.
UNIT 1 SIGNAL ANALYSIS
Fourier transform of gate functions, delta functions at the origin – Two delta function and periodic delta function – properties of Fourier transform – Frequency shifting – Time shifting – Convolution theorem – Frequency convolution theorem – Sampling theorem.
UNIT 2 PULSE MODULATION AND COMMUNICATION
Pulse amplitude modulation – Natural sampling -Instantaneous sampling Transmission of PAM signals – Pulse width modulation – Time division multiplexing and frequency division multiplexing – Band width requirements for PAM signals – Pulse code modulation – Principles of PCU – Quantizing noise – Generation and demodulation of PCM – Effects of noise – Advantages and application of PCM – Differential PCM (DPCM) – Delta modulation.
UNIT 3 BROAD BAND COMMUNICATION
Coaxial cable circuit -Parallel wire line circuit – Computer communication – Digital data communication – Modems – Microwave communication links – LOS links – Tropospheric scatter microwave links – Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN) – Architecture – Broadband ISDN – Local Area Network (LAN) – LAN topologies – Private Branch Exchange (PBX).
UNIT 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
Introduction – Communication satellite systems – Transmitting and receiving earth station – Satellite orbits – Satellite frequency bands – Satellite multiple access formats – FDMA – CDMA – Satellite channel, Power flow – Polarization antenna gain – Parabolic dish antenna – Power loss – Rainfall effect – Receiver noise –satellite system power budget: EIRP, received power Carrier to noise ratio, G/T ratio. – Satellite link analysis – Up link – Down link – Cross link – Direct Home TV broadcasting – Satellite transponders.
UNIT 5 RADAR SYSTEMS AND OPTICAL FIBER
Introduction, Basic Radar systems, Radar systems – Radar range – Pulsed radar system – A Scope – Plan Position Indicator (PPI) – Search Radar – Tracking Radar – Moving Target Indicator (MTI) – Doppler Effect – MTI principle – Digital MTI – Radar Beacons. Optical Fiber: Introduction to light, optical fiber and fiber cables, optical fiber characteristics and classification, losses, Fiber optic components and systems, Installation, testing and repair.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of this course students will be able to
CO1: Design, operation, and troubleshoot of electronic systems
CO2: Solve electronic devices and systems using mathematical concepts.
CO3: Analyze electronics devices and circuits using computer simulations.
CO4: Analyze components associated with digital and analog electronic/communication systems.
CO5: Analyze basic wireless and communication circuits using computer simulations

- ஆசிரியர்: KEVIN BENNETT S
The Fourth Industrial Revolution is the ongoing automation of traditional manufacturing and industrial practices, using modern smart technology.
SAIC4001 Industry 4.0
UNIT 1 ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY AND MATERIALS
Advanced electro-optical sensing technology-active, passive multi-spectral and hyper spectral imaging; electronic beam steering; vacuum technology, surface and coating technology, health care technology, Nanotechnology- Nanomechanics, Nano optoelectronics; energy storage technology-next generation Li-based Batteries, Hydrogen storage, solar photovoltaic’s, Flexible electronics. Intellectual Property Rights - case studies governing/pertaining to Materials/Technology.
UNIT 2 TRANSFORMING TECHNOLOGIES IN BIOENGINEERING
Establishment of smart biotechnology factory, Artificial intelligence in Bioprocess technology, Omics – Big data analysis through automation, 3D bio printing for tissue engineering. Simulation tools, RSM and Box model. Cyber physical system based telemedicine, diagnosis and therapeutics through real time biosensors. Bionanotechnology. Case studies –Intellectual Property rights infringement in Biology.
UNIT 3 ADVANCEMENTS IN SUSTAINABLE BUILT ENVIRONMENT
Introduction – Technological developments in Architectural, Engineering and Construction (AEC) - Building Information Modelling (BIM) using Cloud computing technology and Internet of things (IoT) – Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, sensors – Additive manufacturing in construction – Concrete 3D printing - Materials used - Lightweight and functionally graded structures - Net Zero Energy buildings, Bioswales, Biofiltration pond, Ecosan systems- Recent developments in Waste water Management, Air pollution control, waste disposal, public health issues-improving water management in surface and overhead irrigation- Integration of energy, water and environmental systems for a sustainable development.
UNIT 4 SMART MANUFACTURING
Smart factories and interconnection, Smart Manufacturing – automation systems, Additive Manufacturing, Smart grids, Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS), Stealth technology, Metal Finishing, Self propelled vehicles, e mobility, Green fuels, drones – unmanned aerial vehicles(UAVs), aerodynamics. Robotic Automation and Collaborative Robots – Augmented reality and haptics, engineering cybernetics and artificial intelligence (AI), Disruptive Technologies – Frugal Innovations – Intellectual Property Rights (IPR): Case Studies.
UNIT 5 SMART WORLD
Smart Sensors and IIOT, Smart grid, Hybrid renewable energy systems, Electronics in Smart city, Integration of Sensors in Robots and Artificial Intelligence, 5G Technology, Communication protocols, Human-Machine Interaction, Virtual Reality, Quantum Computing: Changing trends in transistor technology: Processor, Intellectual Property Rights- Case Studies.
UNIT 6 CYBER PHYSICAL SYSTEMS
Introduction to Cyber Physical Systems (CPS), Architecture of CPS, Data science and technology for CPS, Prototypes of CPS, Emerging applications in CPS including social space, crowd sourcing, healthcare and human computer interactions, Industrial Artificial Intelligence, Networking systems for CPS applications, Wearable cyber physical systems and applications, Domain applications of CPS: Agriculture, Infrastructure, Disaster management, Energy, Transportation, Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) : Case Studies.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. William D. Callister,“Materials Science and Engineering, An Introduction”, John Willey and Sons Inc. Singapore, 2001.
2. V. Raghavan, “Physical Metallurgy: Principle and Practice”, Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd, 2006.
3. Flavio Craveiro, Jose Pinto Duarte, Helena Bartolo and Paulo Jorge Bartolo, “Additive manufacturing as an enabling
technology for digital construction: A perspective on Construction 4.0”, Automation in Construction, Vol. 103,pp. 251-267, 2019.
3. Klaus Schwab, “Fourth Industrial Revolution”, Random House USA Inc, New York, USA, 2017.
4. Oliver Grunow, ”SMART FACTORY AND INDUSTRY 4.0. The current state of Application Technologies”, Studylab Publications, 2016.
5. Alasdair Gilchrist, “INDUSTRY 4.0: Industrial Internet of Things”, Apress, 2016.

- ஆசிரியர்: Balamurugan Velan
This course is designed to help students to understand the nature and challenges of Indian welfare state and to acquaint the students to the changing dimensions and perspectives on working with vulnerable sections of society. It will equip the students for a career in social sector like NGOs, Corporate Social Responsibility and Government welfare agencies.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. N. SOFIA
OBJECTIVES
to understand the concept and classification of property as well as principles governing transfer of immovable property and easements.
-
To study about the concept of ‘Property’, the ‘nature of property rights’ and the general principles governing the transfer of property.
-
To gain knowledge about the substantive law relating to particular transfers, such as sale, mortgage, lease, exchange, gift and actionable claims
- ஆசிரியர்: Anjana Lakshmi .
- ஆசிரியர்: Monisha S
- To understand Cyber Space and Information Technology Act, 2000
- To learn multifarious changes brought in to substantive and Procedural changes
- To know various facets of Cyber Laws and its impact on the modern world

- ஆசிரியர்: KAVIYA R
- ஆசிரியர்: S B Reshma John
Property Law
- To understand the concept and classification of property as well as principles governing transfer of immovable property and easements
- To study about the Concept of 'Property', 'the nature of Property rights' and the general principles governing the transfer of property
- To gain knowledge about the substantive law relating to particular transfers, such as sale, mortgage, lease, exchange, gift and actionable claims etc.

- ஆசிரியர்: MADHUMITHA C. L.
- ஆசிரியர்: SELMA G.S
- ஆசிரியர்: V. POOJASREE
Intellectual Property Rights defend investments in innovation by granting the ground breaker a short lived monopoly on the utilization of the innovation. This prevents speedy imitation that would take the innovator's returns and reduce the inducement to pioneer. Intellectual property rights (IPRs), such as patents and copyrights, are an important means used by researchers to help protect their investments in innovation. IPRs inherently embody a policy conflict between the target of providing an incentive to technological innovation and therefore the objective of encouraging the speedy diffusion of latest technology and therefore the accumulation of technological knowledge. These competing objectives can be achieved on a difficult path. It is vital to notice during this regard that IPRs are primarily a matter of national jurisdiction (i.e., the protection offered to an innovation is governed by the laws of the state during which the innovation is created, used, or sold). Thus, for example, a patent obtained from India provides protection only within the territory. If a corporation is doing business in another country, it must file for and obtain IPR protection in that country. Moreover, the protection offered by that country's laws in many cases is not as strong as Indian IPR protection. Some of the foremost important rising technologies—including those within the areas of data, electronics, communications, and the new biotechnology do not fit neatly within existing categories of intellectual property rights. They may force a valuation of current approaches in obtaining grant and for protection at national and international levels.
This apparent paradox reflects the complexities, conflicts, and uncertainties surrounding IPR issues as they pertain to science and technology and includes complicated and time consuming procedures. This Course is about the legislative frame work, challenges relating to Intellectual Property Rights.

- ஆசிரியர்: Amirdha Varshini C
- ஆசிரியர்: Dhanushyadevi S
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.DILSHAD SHAIK
- ஆசிரியர்: Manas Unnikrishnan

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.T. AMBIKA
This course aims to understand the cyber space and the Information Technology Act, 2000, also to learn multifarious changes brought into substantive and procedural legislations. Understanding about recent cyber laws developments under the Information Technology Act,2000 and under international dimensions.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ugarthi Shankalia M
- ஆசிரியர்: Anusha Patnaik
- ஆசிரியர்: KRISHNA R
Intellectual Property Rights defend investments in innovation by granting the ground breaker a short lived monopoly on the utilization of the innovation. This prevents speedy imitation that would take the innovator's returns and reduce the inducement to pioneer. Intellectual property rights (IPRs), such as patents and copyrights, are an important means used by researchers to help protect their investments in innovation. IPRs inherently embody a policy conflict between the target of providing an incentive to technological innovation and therefore the objective of encouraging the speedy diffusion of latest technology and therefore the accumulation of technological knowledge. These competing objectives can be achieved on a difficult path. It is vital to notice during this regard that IPRs are primarily a matter of national jurisdiction (i.e., the protection offered to an innovation is governed by the laws of the state during which the innovation is created, used, or sold). Thus, for example, a patent obtained from India provides protection only within the territory. If a corporation is doing business in another country, it must file for and obtain IPR protection in that country. Moreover, the protection offered by that country's laws in many cases is not as strong as Indian IPR protection. Some of the foremost important rising technologies—including those within the areas of data, electronics, communications, and the new biotechnology do not fit neatly within existing categories of intellectual property rights. They may force a valuation of current approaches in obtaining grant and for protection at national and international levels.
This apparent paradox reflects the complexities, conflicts, and uncertainties surrounding IPR issues as they pertain to science and technology and includes complicated and time consuming procedures. This Course is about the legislative frame work, challenges relating to Intellectual Property Rights.

- ஆசிரியர்: SELMA G.S
- ஆசிரியர்: Manas Unnikrishnan
- ஆசிரியர்: Madhana B
Course Objectives:
· To learn the basic histological and cytological procedures
· To understand the diagnostic applications of histological and cytological methods
List of Experiments
1. Hematoxylin and Eosin staining
2. PAP staining
3. Embedding
4. Microtome: Uses, care, and parts
5. PAS stain
6. Pearls stain
7. Reticulin stain
8. Giemsa stain
Course Outcomes
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Demonstrate proficiency and expertise in the proper use of the light microscope in examining histological specimens on glass slides
CO2 Understand the basic concepts of tissue fixation, dehydration, embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting of slides for histological examination, immunofluorescent staining, and electron microscopy
CO3 Differentiate the characteristics of tissues of the body (epithelium, connective, muscle, nerve) and their relationships in the various organ systems of the human body
CO4 Identify the histological features of selected tissues/organ systems resulting from disease processes
CO5 Examine how certain diseases can be diagnosed using histological and cytological methods
CO6 Demonstrate common histology procedures such as embedding tissue in paraffin, tissue sectioning, and mounting, or routine staining of tissue sections
- ஆசிரியர்: James John
SATHAYBAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SCHOOL OF ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY REGULATIONS 2023
SAMB3003
LABORATORY AUTOMATION &
QUALITY CONTROL
L T P EL Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concept of quality management, to apply the significances of analysers in
automation.
To apply the significances of analyzers in automation and to introduce the concept of quality
management.
UNIT 1 AUTOMATION 9 Hrs.
Introduction to automation, study on the instrumental concepts and definition of batch analysis,
sequential analysis, discrete analysis etc. Detailed study on the steps in automated analysis, reagent
handling, chemical reaction phase, reaction vessels, cuvettes in discrete analyzers and measurement
using absorbance, electrochemical measurements and transmittance photometry.
UNIT 2 AUTO ANALYZERS 9 Hrs.
Continuous flow analyzers, discrete and Centrifugal analyzers auto analyzers-advantages, Dry
chemistry analyzers, Random access analyzers (RAA), Micro particle enzyme immunoassay, Immulite
automated immunoassay analyzers.
UNIT 3 CELL COUNTERS 9 Hrs.
Study on the different type of cell counters, available and their principle of operation, basic principle in
estimating each parameter. Brief study on the operation and quality control of automated laboratory
analyzers.
UNIT 4 INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY CONTROL 9 Hrs.
Demonstration of various methods of quality control, Preparation of Quality control charts, a) Levy-
Jennings and b) Cusum charts. Demonstration of various methods of quality control- Westgard Rules to
verify trends, biases, or errors in quality controls.
UNIT 5 QUALITY CONTROL PROGRAMME 9 Hrs.
External quality control, Internal Quality control, Proficiency testing, Total quality management
framework, Quality laboratory processes, Quality assurance, Quality assessment, Current trends in
laboratory accreditation, ISO certificate, Quality planning and Quality improvement.
Max. 60 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to know
CO1 - Understand the principles of automation.
CO2 - Identify role of automation in flow analyzers.
CO3 - Recognize the types of analyzers and their significance.
CO4 - Apply the theoretical understanding to practical usage.
CO5 - Recognize the latest trends and quality practices.
CO6 - Bridge the gap between clinical and industry in theory and and practice of automation.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Laboratory management Quality in Laboratory diagnosis Candis A Kinkus, Demos medical
publishers, 2011.
2. Quality control in Laboratory Gaffar Sarwar Zamman, Intech open publishers, 2011.
3. Clinical Diagnosis and Management by Laboratory Methods, Henry 23rd edition, 2016.
- ஆசிரியர்: James John
• To develop an understanding of the role of the endocrine system in maintaining homeostasis and health.
• To understand the integrative workings of the human body by studying this signaling systemsOn completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 Explain the roles of the endocrine system in maintaining homeostasis, integrating growth and development,
responding to environmental insults and promoting successful reproduction
CO2 Investigate how the secretion of hormones is regulated, including the principles of negative and positive
feedback mechanisms
CO3 Apply endocrinological principles to determine the pathophysiological basis and consequences of specific
endocrine disorders
CO4 Understand the role of tumor markers for diagnosis, management and therapeutic selection.
CO5 Correlate the presence of a tumor marker with its associated affected organ system
CO6 Differentiate between carbohydrate-rich tumor markers, protein-rich tumor markers, enzymatic tumor markers,
and oncofetal antigens

- ஆசிரியர்: James John
|
SAMB4002 |
DIAGNOSTIC MOLECULAR BIOLOGY |
L |
T |
P |
EL |
C |
Total Marks |
|
4 |
0 |
0 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To provide a good foundation in molecular biology where importance is laid on the master molecule.
Ø Subject is an emerging discipline with a broad conceptual approach that transcends all sections of anatomic and clinical pathology.
UNIT 1 BASIC PRINCIPLES IN MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS 12 Hrs.
Organizations of molecular diagnostic laboratory-Bio-membranes and the sub-cellular organization of eukaryotic cells.
UNIT 2 MOLECULAR STRUCTURE OF GENES AND CHROMOSOMES 12 Hrs.
Organization of cellular DNA into chromosomes –morphology and functional elements of eukaryotic chromosomes –chromosomal organization of genes and non-coding DNA.
UNIT 3 STRUCTURE OF DEOXY NUCLEIC ACIDS (DNA) 12 Hrs.
ABZs of DNA Secondary Structure, Denaturation and Renaturation of DNA, Supercoils and Cruci forms: Tertiary Structure in DNA. DNA replication –repair-recombination –mutation – Regulation of the eukaryotic cell cycle-gene control in development-Cellular energetics.
UNIT 4 RIBONUCLEIC ACID 12 Hrs.
Types and function of RNA. Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Structure of RNA. The role of RNA in protein synthesis-stepwise formation of proteins on ribosome.
UNIT 5 THE SYNTHESIS OF MACROMOLECULES AND THE GENETIC CODE 12 Hrs.
synthesis of biopolymers- nucleic acid synthesiss. Molecular oncology including DNA assay for T and B-cell rearrangement- analysis for translocation, oncogene analysis -translocation gene mutation in various cancer, Molecular histocompatibility testing, forensic identity testing by DNA analysis.
Max. 60 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 - Apply knowledge of cellular structure and function, especially DNA and RNA.
CO2 - Understand the DNA replication, repair and recombination in prokaryotes with that of eukaryotes.
CO3 - To know about RNA synthesis and processing and function of different types of RNA.
CO4 - To know about protein synthesis and inhibition factors of protein synthesis.
CO5 - Apply the knowledge of molecular testing to the most commonly performed applications in the clinical laboratory.
CO6 - To learn about molecular diagnostic procedures and their clinical uses.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Albert B. Bray D and Lewis J Molecular biology of the cells, 2nd edition New York. Garland Publications 1989.Brown, T.A. (1999). Gene Cloning. 3rd edition. Chapman and Hall Publications, U.S.A.
2. Burrel, M.M. (1993). Enzymes of Molecular Biology, Humana Press.
3. Chirikjian, J.G. (1995). Biotechnology – Theory and Techniques, Vol. II, Jones and Burtlett Publishers.
4. Lewin, B. (2000). Genes VII. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
5. Antony, J.F., Griffiths, Gilbert, W.M., Lewontin, R.C. and Miller, J.H. (2002). Modern genetic analysis, Integrating Genes and Genomes, 2nd edition, WH Freeman and Company, New York.
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A : 10 Questions of 2 marks each – No choice 20 Marks
PART B : 5 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
- ஆசிரியர்: James John
UNIT 1 MANUFACTURED BUILDING MATERIALS - STEEL 6 Hrs.
Iron: brief study on manufacture, composition, properties and uses of cast iron, wrought iron, pig iron - Steel: Composition, Properties, anticorrosive measures, mechanical and heat treatment of steel - Market forms of steel : Steel for Reinforcement - Hot rolled bars, CTD Bars, TMT bars , Welded wire fabrics; Steel for Pre stressed concrete; Structural steel; Stainless steel, steel alloys, current developments.
UNIT 2 STEEL DOORS/ WINDOWS/ VENTILATORS &TRUSSES 8 Hrs.
Different types of doors and windows (open able, sliding etc., methods of construction using steel)- Design and detailing of steel rolling shutter. Design and detailing of steel roof trusses (north-light, tubular, butterfly truss etc.,) including construction methods for roof covering using steel, FRP, polycarbonate, cement fibre sheets etc. Visit to steel structure fabrication site.
UNIT 3 LONG SPAN STRUCTURES 8 Hrs.
Long span roofs using different types and materials (stadium and auditoriums) .Methods of construction using cable structure- principle of cable stayed bridges -space frame structures. Methods of construction using Shell structures and folded plates - various forms and classification of shells and types of folded plates.
UNIT 4 ARCHITECTURAL DETAILING - LARGE GATHERING SPACES 8 Hrs.
Architectural Detailing in public spaces - Fundamentals Geometry Simple Types: Complex Types: Natural Lighting Envelope Landscaping Thermal Control Thermal Control Pressurization and Air Balance Fire Protection/Smoke Control.

- ஆசிரியர்: Catherine S
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha S
- ஆசிரியர்: RAJESH KANNAN S
- ஆசிரியர்: SHOBANA SUBRAMANIAN
This course facilitates the students to understand various aspects of Architectural Conservation. The intention is to introduce the principles and practices of heritage conservation and an overview of best practices in conservation charters through conservation processes and techniques with case studies

COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To introduce the fundamentals of Architectural photography.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION
Introduction to architectural photography, interpretation and creation, Recording mediums - film and digital, specialist hardware for image capture, black and white, colour photography, basics of composition.
UNIT 2 FUNDAMENTAL OF PHOTOGRAPHY
Fundamentals- focal length, aperture, exposure, aperture, shutter speed, recording medium, exposure meters, automatic & Techniques, film speed, contrast, Characteristics of lenses-viewing angle, Types of lenses, depth of field, resolution and distortion, multiple exposures.
UNIT 3 EXTERNAL LIGHTING
Understanding light and photography, External lighting- Direction of lighting - front, side, back, shadows, texture, and effects of clouds, light modification, psychological effects, and types of artificial lighting, combined daylight and flash.
UNIT 4 FRAMING VIEWS
Single point and two-point perspective- examples, distortions, emphasizing architectural elements, effect of the camera to subject distance, oblique angles, three-point perspective- applications in interiors and exteriors - composition, symmetric composition, applying the law of thirds - examples, image capture to publication.

- ஆசிரியர்: Yusuf Chiniwala
To expose the students on services and facilities to be provided to urban communities and train them to deal with the challenges posed in the design of multi-functional public community building in an urban setting
FOCUS
Design of simple medium rise buildings in smaller sites with exploration of form integrated with function incorporating barrier free environment principles.
METHODOLOGY PROPOSED
To expose the students to the issues involved through visits to similar typologies / special lectures / orientation on urban challenges (limitation of land / regulations). Students will be encouraged to approach the problem with a three dimensional approach using study models, 3d sketches, etc. Students will work on manual presentations only.
DESIGN INTEGRATION
Students would be exposed to deal with different projects.
SUGGESTED TYPOLOGIES:
· Shopping arcades / malls / bazaar
· Auditorium / performing centres / museums / gaming parlour / club house
· Marriage halls / community halls / memorial complexes
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student will be able to
CO1: Developing an inclination to identify and analyse suitable literature and live case studies appropriate to the design typology
CO2: A thorough understanding of the important local bye laws and Standards applicable to the specific typology
CO3: Developing an appropriate design intent based on notions, ideas with the three dimensional perception as part of design process.
CO4: Integration of the structural grid, parking, services and landscape in architectural design.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Devyani Gangopadhyay
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha S
- ஆசிரியர்: SHOBANA SUBRAMANIAN
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To understand the physics of sound, its characteristics & behavior both indoors and outdoors.
Ø To learn the principles of design with particular reference to acoustics in performing spaces.
Ø To explore the types of mechanical transportation systems and their usage in built environment along with the design parameters.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student will be able to
CO1: Knowledge on Science of Sound including different types of acoustic materials, their properties and design factors
In the built environment based on the function.
CO2: Comprehend principles of acoustic design and its application in outdoor environment.
CO3: Art and Science of designing performing spaces and broadcasting studios with particular reference to acoustics
CO4: Methods to avoid sound transmission in interior spaces.
CO5: Judicial use of mechanical transportation devices in built environment.
CO6: Total
understanding of design standards of diverse mechanical transportation systems
like elevators and
escalators.

- ஆசிரியர்: Deepalakshmi S
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha S
- ஆசிரியர்: PRIYADHARSHINI S
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the skills and knowledge relevant to the practice of professional journalism.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION
Introduction to journalism, Subfields within Journalism, Key concepts and objectives of Journalism - Introduction to architectural journalism, skills needed, reporting, writing, editing, photography, columnists, public relationships, criticism.
UNIT 2 TECHNOLOGIES IN JOURNALISM
Environment, Social Change, Persuasion Interviewing techniques, Argument and debate as a technique in the investigation of social problems; evidence, proof, refutation, persuasion; training in argumentative speaking, theories of journalism, Introduction to architectural software needed in journalism and photography, Video coverage, walkthrough of buildings, production of contemporary architectural journalism. Understanding the individual demands in the context of newspapers, radio, film, and television.
UNIT 3 PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES
Text preparations, Mode of presentation, Standards and Guidelines for documentation, Code of ethics, Basic knowledge on Press laws, Press Council of India, Public Debate, Navigating Information Networks for Mass Media with relevance to searches on Architectural topics, User generated contents for analysis of various issues on Architecture, creating an online forum and platform for exchange of ideas and information, to critically contrast outputs of selected individual pieces of journalism.
UNIT 4 IMPLICATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
Regional, National and International discussion forums, Changes in contemporary and historical design practices, Discussions on topics needed in an architectural journal and current issues- types of journals, works of key architectural journalists, Public Discourse on the Internet, Mass Media and Public Opinion critically appraise selected individual pieces of journalism.

- ஆசிரியர்: Yusuf Chiniwala

- ஆசிரியர்: Arhannaraju .
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Devyani Gangopadhyay
In this course, we will be learning about various theories, philosophies and design processes characterizing the works of contemporary masters.
It allows an architect to consider a buildings or cities as more than a visual phenomenon and therefore the architect would have a more fundamental and culturally inclusive approach to architecture than an approach based purely on architect's own taste or style.

- ஆசிரியர்: Kaviya .
- ஆசிரியர்: Arulmalar Ramaraj
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To develop a comprehensive knowledge about Conservation and its importance in today’s context.
To enhance the skills of the graduate to understand various principles and practices in the field of
architectural conservation.
To familiarize the students with an overview of best practices in conservation charters, various
conservation processes, techniques and skills through case studies.
- ஆசிரியர்: Guruji V
On completion of the course the student will be able to
CO1 Ability to understand and analyze the influence of historical, social, cultural and economic aspects on Architectural manifestations. CO2 Research and understand the role of scale and proportion in defining the character of a built form
CO3 Critique and decode the fineness in construction techniques and judicious use of materials.
CO4 Assess the architectural character and detailing in both historical and contemporary buildings
- ஆசிரியர்: Selvendiran S.G
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To understand the various aspects of natural and mechanized ventilation.
- To give a comprehensive introduction and the principles of natural and artificial lighting.
- To explore the fundamentals of integrating services in buildings.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Devyani Gangopadhyay
- ஆசிரியர்: Esther Kiruba J C
Exposing to issues, challenges in the design of industrial buildings and large built forms involving alternative construction materials and technology. Orienting the students on the need for creating sustainable environment through sound Green building principles.

- ஆசிரியர்: Brindha K
- ஆசிரியர்: Surya Rajkumar
Course Objectives:
The students should be able to
1. Acquire the knowledge of Electrical and Electronics engineering concepts.
2. Understand the construction and applications of Electrical and electronics components in various automotive electrical circuits.
3. Understand the construction and working of various automotive electrical systems and components.
4. Identify, demonstrate and compare the various components and systems of Auto
electrical systems.
Course Outcomes
CO1 : Enumerate the construction, characteristics and maintenance of battery, lighting system and different accessories in a typical automobile after careful inspection.
CO2 : Explain the construction, characteristics and maintenance of starting and ignition system and diagnose the ignition system fault of any vehicle.
CO3 : List out the principles and characteristics of charging system components and demonstrate their working with suitable tools.
CO4: Describe the principles and architecture of electronics systems and its components present in an automobile related to instrumentation, control, security and warning systems.
CO5: Enumerate the principles, application, construction and
specification of different sensors and actuators usable in typical
automobile by suitable testing.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Karthikeyan A
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Understand the diesel engine construction and its operation.
Understand the fuel injection system in CI Engine.
Gain knowledge on air motion & combustion phenomena in CI Engine.
Understand turbo charging and engine management system in IC Engines.
Understand CI engine performance.
Understand the principle of modern engine technology.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Ashwin Jacob
- ஆசிரியர்: PURUSOTHAMAN M
SAUA1702 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To know about the various methods of maintaining vehicles and their subsystems.
To impart knowledge on engine maintenance – repair and overhauling.
To understand step by step procedure for maintain the various automotive sub systems.
UNIT 1 MAINTENANCE, WORKSHOP PRACTICES, SAFETY AND TOOLS 9 Hrs.
Maintenance – need, importance, primary and secondary functions, policies - classification of maintenance work - vehicle
insurance - basic problem diagnosis, automotive service procedures – workshop operations – workshop manual .safety –
personnel, machines and equipment, vehicles, fire safety - first aid, basic tools – special service tools – measuring
instruments – condition checking of seals, gaskets and sealants, scheduled maintenance unscheduled maintenance
services – service intervals - towing and recovering, reports, log sheets, trip sheets and other forms.
UNIT 2 ENGINE AND ENGINE SUBSYSTEM MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs.
General engine service- dismantling of engine components- engine repair- working on the underside, front, top, ancillariesservice
of basic engine parts, cooling and lubricating system, fuel system, intake and exhaust system, electrical system -
electronic fuel injection and engine management service - fault diagnosis- servicing emission controls.
UNIT 3 TRANSMISSION AND DRIVELINE MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs.
Clutch- general checks, adjustment and service- dismantling, identifying, checking and reassembling transmission,
transaxle- road testing- removing and replacing propeller shaft, servicing of cross and yoke joint and constant velocity jointsrear
axle service points removing axle shaft and bearings- servicing differential assemblies- fault diagnosis.
UNIT 4 STEERING, BRAKE, SUSPENSION, WHEEL MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs.
Inspection, maintenance and service of hydraulic brake, drum brake, disc brake, parking brake, bleeding of brakes.
inspection, maintenance and service of mc person strut, coil spring, leaf spring, shock absorbers, dismantling and assembly
procedures, wheel alignment and balance, removing and fitting of tyres, tyre wear and tyre rotation, inspection, maintenance
and service of steering linkage, steering column, rack and pinion steering, recirculating ball steering service-worm type
steering, power steering system.
UNIT 5 AUTO ELECTRICAL AND AIR CONDITIONING MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs.
Maintenance of batteries, starting system, charging system and body electrical -fault diagnosis using scan tools,
maintenance of air conditioning parts like compressor, condenser, expansion valve, evaporator - replacement of hoses- leak
detection- AC charging- fault diagnosis, vehicle body repair like panel beating, tinkering, soldering, polishing, painting.
Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Gain knowledge about vehicle operation and maintenance, service schedules etc.
CO2 - Apply the concepts of scheduling.
CO3 - Understand Maintenance of engine sub system and Repair
CO4 - Understand maintenance procedures like repairing, overhauling
CO5 - Describe the basic concepts of steering, brake, suspension and wheel maintenance.
CO6 - Analyze the testing methods for checking battery, starter motor, charging systems, ignitions system.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ed May, “Automotive Mechanics”, Volume 1 and 2, 8th edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2009.
2. Vehicle Service Manuals of reputed manufacturers.
3. Bosch Automotive Handbook, Tenth Edition, 2017.
4. Automotive Mechanics W.H. crouse.2010.
5. James D Halderman, “Advanced Engine Performance Diagnosis” 6 edition, Pearson, 2015
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A: 10 questions of 2 marks each - No choice 20 Marks
PART B: 2 questions from each unit of internal choice; each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks

- ஆசிரியர்: RAM PRAKASH S
- ஆசிரியர்: VENKATESAN S P
Automotive safety is the study and practice of design, construction, equipment and regulation to minimize the occurrence and consequences of traffic collisions involving motor vehicles. The course gives an introduction to safety and vehicle structural crashworthiness and crash testing, types of impacts, and impact with rebound, driver assistance systems in automobiles, concept of crumble zone,characteristics of vehicle structure, role of safety systems in automobiles, importance of ergonomics in automotive safety.

- ஆசிரியர்: HEMANANDH J
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable students to develop cognizance of the importance of human behavior.
To provide insight on individual and group behavior.
To familiarize with organizational culture, change and development processes.

- ஆசிரியர்: DR. RANI J
- ஆசிரியர்: JOHN BRITTO M
- ஆசிரியர்: Shahinabegum M
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Dhanya M.M.
This is course will help to identify the key factors in successful marketing of business. This will highlight the emerging trends in marketing channels, process, segments, tools etc. This will mainly used to identify the customer's need and satisfaction for customer relationship management.


- ஆசிரியர்: Raja M
- ஆசிரியர்: KALAI LAKSHMI TR
Cell Biology- Structure and Function and Mechanism of cell has to elucidated
- ஆசிரியர்: Bavani latha Muthiah
SBBA 1203 INTRODUCTION OT BIOCHEMISTRY L T P Credits Total Marks 5 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
This course is aimed give an understanding of the basics of biochemistry dealing carbohydrates, Amino acids, Lipids, nucleic acid and vitamins.
UNIT 1: CARBOHYDRATES 12 Hrs. Carbohydrate – Definition, Classification, biological significance, structure of glucose, digestion and absorption of carbohydrates.
UNIT 2: PROTEINS 12 Hrs. Amino acids – structure, classification (Essential and non-essential, protein and non-protein amino acids). Proteins – definition, classification and structure (primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary).
UNIT 3: LIPIDS 12 Hrs. Lipids – definition, classification and biological significance. Structure, properties and functions of fatty acids.
UNIT 4 NUCLEIC ACIDS 12 Hrs. Nucleic acids – Structure of DNA and its functions. Different forms of DNA. Different types of RNA and its functions.
UNIT 5 VITAMINS 12 Hrs. Vitamins – Source, biological function, daily requirement and deficiency symptoms of fat soluble vitamins (A, D, E and K) and water soluble vitamins (Ascorbic acid, thiamine, riboflavin, pyridoxine, niacin, pantothenic acid, lipoic acid, biotin, folic acid and vitamin B12).
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry-David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Macmillan Worth Publishers.
2. Harper―s Biochemistry-Rober K. Murray, Daryl K. Grammer, McGraw Hill, Lange Medical Books. 25th edition.
3. Fundamentals of Biochemistry-J.L. Jain, Sunjay Jain, Nitin Jain, S. Chand & Company.
4. Biochemistry-Dr. Amit Krishna De, S. Chand & Co., Ltd. END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION
PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A: 10 questions of 2 marks each - No choice 20 Marks
PART B: 2 questions from each unit of internal choice; each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks

|
Course objectives This course is aimed give an understanding about the basics of microbiology dealing types of microbes, classification & characterization |

- Dr.S.Usha Nandhini: Usha Nandhini S
|
Course objectives This course is aimed give an understanding about the basics of microbiology dealing types of microbes, classification & characterization |

- ஆசிரியர்: Jayashree S
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Developing of general understanding how physical laws govern biological processes.
Acquire basic knowledge about how physical methods can be applied to understand biological processesCOURSE
OUTCOMES On completion
of the course, student will be able to CO 1: Understand the fundamental principles and
thermodynamics that drive biomolecules. CO:2: Emphasize profound knowledge on cell
structure, function and dynamics of inter-intra cellular processes. CO 3:
Explore various basic and advanced sophisticated biochemical and biophysical
techniques for analyzing macromolecules CO 4: Comprehend clear understanding on various
cellular metabolic pathway mechanism and its applications in biological system. CO 5. The application of mathematical tools to
calculate thermodynamic. CO 6: The students familiar about the inorganic
halogen compounds, coordination compounds and transition elements.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ramesh kumar V
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Ø To know the fundamentals of innate and acquired immunity. To understand how the immune system fights and combats infection and diseases. To get an insight into the principle mechanism of immunity.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 – develop knowledge on how human immune cells combat an infection
CO2 – evaluate the role of different immune cells
CO3 – analyze how human immune cells combat an infection.
CO4 – apply the methods to detect an immune reaction.
CO5 – have a strong understanding of the mechanism behind allergy and hypersensitivity
CO6 – outline the concepts of immunity and its significance in fighting a disease
- ஆசிரியர்: RoselinJenifer D
Dental Anatomy, Oral Histology, Oral Physiology and Embryology
DENTAL ANATOMY, EMBRYOLOGY, ORAL HISTOLOGY
Dental Anatomy including Embryology and Oral Histology - a composite of basic Dental Sciences & their clinical applications
SKILLS
The student should acquire basic skills in :
1. Carving of crowns of permanent teeth in wax.
2. Microscopic study of Oral tissues.
3. Identification of Deciduous & Permanent teeth.
4. Age estimation by patterns of teeth eruption from plaster casts of different age groups.
OBJECTIVES
After a course on Dental Anatomy including Embryology and Oral Histology,
1. The student is expected to appreciate the normal development, morphology, structure & functions of oral tissues & variations in different pathological/non-pathological states.
2. The student should understand the histological basis of various dental treatment procedures and physiologic ageing process in the dental tissues.
3. The students must know the basic knowledge of various research methodologies.
I. TOOTH MORPHOLOGY (31hrs)
1. Introduction to tooth morphology: (5hrs)
♦ Human dentition, types of teeth, & functions, Palmer's & Binomial notation systems, tooth surfaces, their junctions - line angles & point angles, definition of terms used in dental morphology, geometric concepts in tooth morphology, contact areas & embrasures - Clinical significance.
2. Morphology of permanent teeth : (17hrs)
• Description of individual teeth, along with their endodontic anatomy & including a note on their chronology of development, differences between similar class of teeth & identification of individual teeth.
• Variations & Anomalies commonly seen in individual teeth.
3. Morphology of Deciduous teeth : (8hrs)
♦ Generalized differences between Deciduous & Permanent teeth.
♦ Description of individual deciduous teeth, including their chronology of development, endodontic anatomy, differences between similar class of teeth & identification of individual teeth.
4. Occlusion : (2hrs)
♦ Definition, factors influencing occlusion - basal bone, arch, individual teeth, external & internal forces & sequence of eruption.
♦ Inclination of individual teeth - compensatory curves.
♦ Centric relation & Centric occlusion - protrusive, retrusive & lateral occlusion.
♦ Clinical significance of normal occlusion.
♦ Introduction to & Classification of Malocclusion.
II. ORAL EMBRYOLOGY (12hrs)
1. Brief review of development of face, jaws, lip, palate & tongue, with applied aspects. (4hrs)
2. Development of teeth : (4hrs)
♦ Epithelial mesenchymal interaction, detailed study of different stages of development of crown, root & supporting tissues of tooth & detailed study of formation of calcified tissues.
♦ Applied aspects of disorders in development of teeth.
3. Eruption of deciduous & Permanent teeth : (2hrs)
♦ Mechanisms in tooth eruption, different theories & histology of eruption, formation of dentogingival junction, role of gubernacular cord in eruption of permanent teeth.
♦ Clinical or Applied aspects of disorders of eruption.
4. Shedding of teeth : (2hrs)
♦ Factors & mechanisms of shedding of deciduous teeth.
♦ Complications of shedding.
III. ORAL HISTOLOGY (48hrs)
1. Detailed microscopic study of Enamel, Dentine, Cementum & Pulp tissue. Age changes & Applied aspects (Clinical and forensic significance) of histological considerations - Fluoride applications, transparent dentine, dentine hypersensitivity, reaction of pulp tissue to varying insults to exposed dentine ; Pulp calcifications & Hypercementosis. (16hrs)
2. Detailed microscopic study of Periodontal ligament & alveolar bone, age changes, histological changes in periodontal ligament & bone in normal & orthodontic tooth movement, applied aspects of alveolar bone resorption. (9hrs)
3. Detailed microscopic study of Oral Mucosa, variation in structure in relation to functional requirements, mechanisms of keratinization, clinical parts of gingiva, Dentogingival & Mucocutaneous junctions & lingual papillae. Age changes & clinical considerations. (8hrs)
4. Salivary Glands : (4hrs)
♦ Detailed microscopic study of acini & ductal system.
♦ Age changes& clinical considerations.
5. TM Joint : (3hrs)
♦ Review of basic anatomical aspects & microscopiuc study & clinical considerations.
6. Maxillary Sinus : (3hrs)
♦ Microscopic study, anatomical variations, functions & clinical relevance of maxillary sinus in dental practice.
7. Processing of Hard & soft tissues for microscopic study : (2hrs)
♦ Ground sections, decalcified sections & routine staining procedures.
8. Basic histochemical staining patterns of oral tissues. (3hrs)
IV. ORAL PHYSIOLOGY (14hrs)
1. Saliva : (2hrs)
♦ Composition of saliva - variations, formation of saliva & mechanisms of secretion, salivary reflexes, brief review of secretomotor pathway, functions, role of saliva in dental caries & applied aspects of hyper & hypo salivation.
2. Mastication : (2hrs)
♦ Masticatory force & its measurement - need for mastication, peculiarities of masticatory muscles, masticatory cycle, masticatory reflexes & neural control of mastication.
3. Deglutition : (2hrs)
♦ Review of the steps in deglutition, swallowing in infants, neural control of deglutition & dysphagia.
4. Calcium, Phosphorous & fluoride metabolism : (2hrs)
♦ Source, requirements, absorption, distribution, functions & excretion, clinical considerations, hypo & hypercalcemia & hyper & hypo phosphatemia & fluorosis.
5. Theories of Mineralization : (1hr)
♦ Definition, mechanisms, theories & their drawbacks.
♦ Applied aspects of physiology of mineralization, pathological considerations - calculus formation.
6. Physiology of Taste : (1hr)
♦ Innervation of taste buds & taste pathway, physiologic basis of taste sensation, age changes & applied aspects - taste disorders.
7. Physiology of Speech : ( 2hr)
♦ Review of basic anatomy of larynx & vocal cords.
♦ Voice production, resonators, production of vowels & different consonants - Role of palate, teeth & tongue.
♦ Effects of dental prosthesis & appliances on speech & basic speech disorders.
PRACTICALS (250HRS)
1. Carving of crowns of permanent teeth in wax. (140hrs)
2. Microscopic study of Oral tissues. (80hrs)
3. Identification of Deciduous & Permanent teeth. (20hrs)
4. Age estimation by patterns of teeth eruption from plaster casts of different age groups. (10hrs)
RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS
1. Orban's Oral Histology & Embryology - S.N.Bhaskar
2. Oral Development & Histology - James & Avery
3. Wheeler's Dental Anatomy, Physiology & Occlusion - Major.M.Ash
4. Dental Anatomy - its relevance to dentistry - Woelfel & Scheid
5. Applied Physiology of the mouth - Lavelle
6. Physiology & Biochemistry of the mouth - Jenkins

- ஆசிரியர்: Murali Balasubramaniam Arunachalakannan
- ஆசிரியர்: ANUSHA M.N
- ஆசிரியர்: Saranya Ramsridhar
- ஆசிரியர்: Indu Bharkavi S K
- ஆசிரியர்: Rajkumari Sriraman
General and Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Practicals in Dispensing Pharmacy are being taught to BDS students during their II year
Subject deals
- Study of various drugs that acts on the different systems of the body
- Mechanism of action of drugs
- Therapeutic uses
- Adverse effects
Practical on dispensing pharmacy makes students familiar to the preparation of mouthwashes, tooth paste, powders, solutions and paints useful in the field of dentistry.

- ஆசிரியர்: Revathy Rajendran
- ஆசிரியர்: Priya Sathish
The branches of science known informally as omics are various disciplines in biology whose names end in the suffix -omics, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, metagenomics and transcriptomics. Omics aims at the collective characterization and quantification of pools of biological molecules that translate into the structure, function, and dynamics of an organism or organisms.

- ஆசிரியர்: Alex Anand D
To enable the student to understand the modelling methods, such as supervised classification and clustering along with the application of probabilistic graphical models for knowledge discovery, as well as deterministic and stochastic heuristics for optimization.

- ஆசிரியர்: Alex Anand D
To enable the student to understand the modelling methods, such as supervised classification and clustering along with the application of probabilistic graphical models for knowledge discovery, as well as deterministic and stochastic heuristics for optimization.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Mahalakshmi R
Course Objectives
· The course is designed to provide a brief and basic knowledge to understand musculoskeletal, neuromuscular, sensory disorders, prosthetics and orthotics and their applications
· The main aim is to provide the basic concept so that students can implement their knowledge for higher studies in developing innovative and effective rehabilitation and assistive technologies
Course Outcomes
On completion of the course, students are able to
CO1: Apply the various principles involved in rehabilitation.
CO2: Support rehab engineers in designing orthotic and prosthetic devices.
CO3: Compare the types of wheelchairs and assist disabled persons
CO4: Discover new augmentation and substitution devices for visual and hearing impaired.
CO5: Assess the merits of support aids designed for the disabled.
CO6: Develop and design rehabilitation devices cost effectively and purposefully.
- ஆசிரியர்: Sindu Divakaran
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Bethanney Janney J
To understand the engineering of genetic material and thereby utilize DNA effectively.
CONTENTS
1. Isolation of genomic DNA from leaf samples - CTAB Precipitation method
2. Estimation of DNA / RNA by UV spectrophotometry
3. Restriction digestion of DNA
4. Construction of restriction map - plasmids
5. DNA ligation
6. Polymerase Chain Reaction - Amplification of DNA of interest/ RAPD
7. Purification of PCR products
8. Southern blotting / Western blotting / northern blotting
9. Cloning of PCR products (competent cell preparation, CaCl2 transformation, blue - white screening of transformants)

- ஆசிரியர்: Krishnakumar S
SBSA3009- NETWORK SECURITY
This network security course covers advanced topics such as Public Key Encryption (with a focus on the RSA algorithm), authentication methods such as message encryption and MACs, intrusion detection techniques such as statistical anomaly and rule-based detection, password management strategies, and virus, worm, and other malware protection. Furthermore, it delves into firewall design ideas, characteristics, and configurations for optimal network security.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ancy A
- ஆசிரியர்: Saranya P
- ஆசிரியர்: Rajeshwary S
SBSA3009- NETWORK SECURITY
This network security course covers advanced topics such as Public Key Encryption (with a focus on the RSA algorithm), authentication methods such as message encryption and MACs, intrusion detection techniques such as statistical anomaly and rule-based detection, password management strategies, and virus, worm, and other malware protection. Furthermore, it delves into firewall design ideas, characteristics, and configurations for optimal network security.

- ஆசிரியர்: Saranya P
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. To understand about the basic classification and biological significance of carbohydrates.
2. To have insight on structure, classification and properties of aminoacids and to study their impact on organizing the structure of proteins.
3. To recite the categorization, structure and various functions of lipids and nucleic acids.
4. To understand the functional mechanism of interaction between enzyme and substrate.
5. To know the mechanism of enzyme kinetics.
6. To know the vital role of vitamins and minerals

- Dr.L.INBATHAMIZH: Inbathamizh L
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand biosafety and the importance of bioethics.
To be able to distinguish the different IPR and biotechnological patent
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO BIOSAFETY 9 Hrs.
Biosafety – definition, need, importance, applications, levels of biosafety and criteria for biosafety levels. NIH guidelines for
biosafety. Regulations specific to biotechnology companies and research institutions. Biosafety guidelines in India. Role of
institutional biosafety committee.
UNIT 2 IMPLICATIONS OF BIOSAFETY 9 Hrs. Guidelines for research with transgenic organisms. Environmental impact of genetically modified organisms (beneficial and hazardous impact), Field trials with GMO, Containment levels. Biosafety protocol, Cartagena Biosafety protocol, Mechanism of implementation of biosafety guidelines. Biosafety and politics. Biosafety database.
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO BIOETHICS 9 Hrs.
Bioethics – need, applications. Impact of bioethics to the environment and society. Bioethical issues pertaining to various
aspects of Biotechnology. Bioengineering ethics, responsible researchers, research ethics, ethical decision making.
Biowarfare and biopiracy.
UNIT 4 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 9 Hrs. Forms of Intellectual property – patent, copyright, trademark, design, trade secret, domain name and geographical indications. WTO treaties, GATT articles, main features of TRIPS agreement, practical aspects of WIPO. IPR related legislatures in India.
UNIT 5 PATENT 9 Hrs. History of Indian patent system and law. Patenting authority. Different types of patent. Requirements and procedure for patenting. Patentable and Non-patentable things. Patent search and patent co-operation treaty (PCT). Farmer’s right and plant breeders right. Importance, social consequences and controversies on biotechnology patents. Max.45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of course, student will able to
CO1 - Define biosafety, bioethics and intellectual property rights.
CO2 - Discuss the different regulations pertaining to biosafety.
CO3 - Categorize the various forms of IPR.
CO4 - Appraise the importance of bioethics in biotechnology.
CO5 - Elaborate the different patents and the process of patenting.
CO6 - Interpret biotechnological novelty as patents.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Sateesh M.K., Bioethics and Biosafety, I.K. International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2013.
2. Fleming D.O. and Hunt D.L., Biological Safety: Principles and Practices, ASM Press, 2006. 3. Goel D. and Parashar S., IPR Biosafety and Bioethics, Pearson Education India, 2013.
4. Pandey N. and Dharni K., Intellectual Property Rights, PHI Learning, 2014.
5. Singh K.K., Biotechnology and Intellectual Property Rights: Legal and Social Implications, Springer India, 2014.
6. Young T.R., Policy I. and Group G.C., Genetically Modified Organisms and Biosafety: A Background Paper for Decision-makers and Others to Assist in Consideration of GMO Issues. IUCN, 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
Part A: 10 Questions of 2 marks each - No choice 20 Marks
Part B: 2 Questions from each unit of internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Mar
|
DAY |
9-10 |
10-11 |
11.15-12.15 |
LUNCH BREAK |
1.15-2.15 |
2.15-3.15 |
|
Monday |
|
|
BBIPR |
|
|
|
|
Tuesday |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday |
BBIPR |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Friday |
|
|
BBIPR |
|
|
|
|
Saturday |
BBIPR |
|
|
|
BBIPR |
|
- ஆசிரியர்: BALASANKAR KARAVADI
- ஆசிரியர்: oviya R.P
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To apply bioinformatics tools in designing novel drugs
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of course, student will able to
CO1 - Provide an overview of the basic concepts of molecular modelling and analyse on the different types of input provided to generate 3D models along with the stability of a model based on the energy of the system
CO2 - Enumerate on the various force fields responsible for the energy of a system and assess the significance of energy minimisation for the stability of a system
CO3 - List out the different aspects of drugs like soft drugs and pro drugs and comprehend the various parameters involved in the solubility of the drugs
CO4 - Summarise the steps involved in the development of drugs and ponder on the important aspects of pharmacophore analysis and lead molecule identification in the process of drug design
CO5 - Describe the docking mechanism and analyse its importance in the development of drugs and thereby understand the nuances involved in the development of drugs
CO6 - Look into the various databases of molecules and analyse them by giving the appropriate input system like
SMILES notation and analyse the three dimensional structures of molecules

- ஆசிரியர்: Inbathamizh L
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The course provided a deep insight on to the various techniques involved in manipulation of DNA for its
exhaustive use in the field of gene characterization, modification, cloning and transgenesis.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to CO1 - Review the methods for analyses of gene expression at different levels CO2 - Evaluate the pros and cons of the different gene mapping techniques CO3 - Describe the methods for silencing the gene expression CO4 - Summarize the application of genetic engineering techniques in the field of medicine and transgenesis CO5 - Comment on the controversies on the use of GMO in Bioremediation, medicine, agriculture etc. CO6 - Examine and evaluate the biosafety regulations and legal issues on the use of GMO

COURSE OBJECTIVE
- Exposing to the techniques and capabilities in MATLAB will enhance your ability to use computing tools and
languages to solve engineering problems

- ஆசிரியர்: Rajalakshmi G
- ஆசிரியர்: Krishnamoorthy N R
This subject gives an introduction about Chemical Engineering

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
Objective: The course will · Promote the application of membrane science
and technology to improve processing technologies, reduce energy
utilization and waste treatment techniques. This course will offer scope
of research and development that can lead to next generation of products.

- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatesan D
- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan M
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Y. Sasikumar
The main focus of the course is on Bio-Chemical and environmental science. Students in this course will analyze various energy forms, including forces, thermodynamics, fluid dynamics, kinetic energy, energy efficiency and renewable energy.

- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan M
Materials science is an interdisciplinary field involving the properties of matter and its applications to various areas of science and engineering. It includes elements of applied physics and chemistry, as well as chemical, mechanical, civil and electrical engineering.

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
- ஆசிரியர்: Michael Rahul Soosai
Fluid mechanics is the branch of physics concerned with the mechanics of fluids (liquids, gases, and plasmas) and the forces on them. It has applications in a wide range of disciplines, including mechanical, civil, chemical and biomedical engineering, geophysics, oceanography, meteorology, astrophysics, and biology.
- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
Fluid mechanics is the branch of physics concerned with the mechanics of fluids (liquids, gases, and plasmas) and the forces on them. It has applications in a wide range of disciplines, including mechanical, civil, chemical and biomedical engineering, geophysics, oceanography, meteorology, astrophysics, and biology

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
Fundamental concepts, Units and Dimensions, gas relationship, molarity, molality, normality, partial pressure, pure volume and the related calculations. fundamental concepts of material balance. Material balance in various unit processes and unit operations. Material balance with chemical reactions Energy balance related to various process equipment. Calculation of standard heat of reaction from the heat of formation and heat of combustion, thermochemistry, energy balance in various unit operations, the heat of solutions, the heat of neutralization etc. Fuels and combustion calculation, proximate and ultimate analysis, adiabatic reaction temperature, air to fuel ratio, complex processes calculation.

As chemical engineers, this course will be helpful to understand the processes technologies of various organic and inorganic process industries for manufacturing chemicals and associated troubleshoot. This will give powerful approach in designing new process and product development.

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
To impart knowledge on the kinetics of isothermal and non-isothermal reactions for simple and multiple reactors

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
To impart knowledge on the kinetics of reactions for simple and multiple
reactors

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
To understand the flow, temperature field in engineering problems and diffusion in mass transfer operations.
Students can develop a Computational Fluid Dynamics code to solve chemical engineering problems.

- ஆசிரியர்: JINO L
Plant Design
Economics Introduction
Time value of money
Depreciation
Balance sheet and income statements

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
- ஆசிரியர்: Michael Rahul Soosai
Process Engineering Economics is an important element of the Chemical Engineering discipline and
is concerned with the Optimization of profit which is determined by the process
engineering design and ultimately operation. The Optimization, therefore, requires an
ability to determine the influence of processing techniques and sequencing, and
equipment design and operating parameters on the economic performance.

Process economics is an important element of the Chemical Engineering discipline and is concerned with the Optimization of profit which is determined by the process engineering design and ultimately operation. The Optimization, therefore, requires an ability to determine the influence of processing techniques and sequencing, and equipment design and operating parameters on the economic performance.
Despite the Chemical Process Industries covering a diverse range of products the
principles in determining the value of these processes are the same and are drawn from economics. This subject will discuss the main methods employed to evaluate projects and
optimize operations in the Chemical Process Industries.

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
This course enables the students to know about control methods and make the students knowledgeable in
various types of measuring instruments used in chemical process industries

To familiarize the methods of accounting non ideal behavior of reactors, heterogeneous reactors for solid catalyzed reactions and non-catalytic fluid particle reactions

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
The subject deals with transport processes involved in fluid flow acquiring momentum, heat and mass flux. The subject also involves the Kinetics for microbial growth and measurement of the associated parameters through various kinetic models. Also the kinetic diffusion strategies is demonstrated using various equations and measurement techniques. Momentum, heat and mass transport share a very similar mathematical framework for fluid flow processes and the similarities between them are exploited to provide a deep understanding in microbial kinetic evaluations through different model equations.

- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatesan D
- ஆசிரியர்: Michael Rahul Soosai
The study of transport phenomena concerns the exchange of mass, energy, charge, momentum and angular momentum between observed and studied systems.

- ஆசிரியர்: Sathish S
- ஆசிரியர்: Michael Rahul Soosai
To provide an adequate knowledge on process engineering and their applications in process industries

- ஆசிரியர்: Annam Renita A
To provide an adequate knowledge on process engineering and their applications in process industries

- ஆசிரியர்: Sathish S
Mechanism
Types
Prevention
Advancement
Case studies

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan Jayabalan
- ஆசிரியர்: MATHIYARASI M
- ஆசிரியர்: Michael Rahul Soosai
Energy engineering or Energy Systems Engineering is a broad field of engineering dealing with energy efficiency, energy services, facility management, plant engineering, environmental compliance, sustainable energy and renewable energy technologies.

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
- ஆசிரியர்: GokulNath R
Energy engineering is a broad field of engineering dealing with energy efficiency, energy services, facility management, plant engineering, environmental compliance, sustainable energy and renewable energy technologies. Energy engineering is one of the more recent engineering disciplines to emerge.

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan M
- ஆசிரியர்: Sathish S
The science of thermodynamics deals with energy and its transformation. It tells us about the direction in which changes take place in nature. It also determines the conditions under which a proposed change attains a state of equilibrium.
We have seen that the thermodynamic properties of homogeneous pure substances depend only on the state of the system. The relationships developed for pure fluids are not applicable to solutions and need modification. The thermodynamic properties of solutions and heterogeneous systems consisting of more than one phase are influenced by the addition and removal of matter. The term solution includes homogeneous mixtures of two or more components in the gas, liquid or solid phase. The pressure, temperature and the amount of various constituent’s present determine the extensive state of a solution; and pressure, temperature and composition determine the intensive state. We discuss how the thermodynamic properties of a solution are determined and introduce certain concepts that are essential to the study of phase equilibria and chemical reaction equilibria.

- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatesan D
Heat transfer is a discipline of thermal engineering that concerns the generation, use, conversion, and exchange of thermal energy (heat) between physical systems. Heat transfer is classified into various mechanisms, such as thermal conduction, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and transfer of energy by phase changes.
Mass transfer is the net movement of mass from one location, usually meaning stream, phase, fraction or component, to another. Mass transfer occurs in many processes, such as absorption, evaporation, drying, precipitation, membrane filtration, and distillation.

- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
In a scientific sense, a chemical process is a method or means of somehow changing one or more chemicals or chemical compounds. Such a chemical process can occur by itself or be caused by an outside force, and involves a chemical reaction of some sort. In an "engineering" sense, a chemical process is a method intended to be used in manufacturing or on an industrial scale (see Industrial process) to change the composition of chemical(s) or material(s), usually using technology similar or related to that used in chemical plants or the chemical industry.
- ஆசிரியர்: Prabu Deivasigamani
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To understand the organization of a computer, and the hardware-software interface
- To know about the various components of a computer and their internal architecture
- To have an overview of operating system, deadlock and paging with its functionality
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the micro level dataflow in various units of computer
CO2 - Demonstrating the impact of control memory operations and multi-process or characteristics
CO3 - Examining the different types of memory and experimenting the mapping techniques
CO4 - Select the suitable process scheduling technique for optimized function of operating systems
CO5 - Critically upraising the deadlock in CPU and other memory management techniques
CO6 - Design and Developing optimized architecture for stand-alone applications

- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: Vijaya Baskar V
· To understand the concepts of Internet of Things
· To identify the various elements of an IoT System.
· To understand the various means of communication from Node / Gateway to Cloud Platforms.
· To transfer data from IoT devices to various cloud providers.
· To make students aware of various domain specific applications and challenges while implementing IoT solutions.

- ஆசிரியர்: Menaka D
- ஆசிரியர்: EBENEZAR JEBARANI M R
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the micro level dataflow in various units of computer.
CO2 - Demonstrating the impact of control memory operations and multi-process or characteristics.
CO3 - Examining the different types of memory and experimenting the mapping techniques.
CO4 - Select the suitable process scheduling technique for optimized function of operating systems.
CO5 - Critically upraising the deadlock in CPU and other memory management techniques.
CO6 - Design and Developing optimized architecture for stand-alone applications.

- ஆசிரியர்: Vijaya Baskar V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
➢ To impart knowledge on various types of Registers and Microinstructions.
➢ To discuss about the Data path design and Processor design in detail.
➢ To understand the types of memory organizations.
➢ To discuss about the registers, interface and communication in I/O devices.
➢ To analyze about the characteristics, structure, communication and synchronization of multiprocessors

- ஆசிரியர்: SATHIYARAJ A
- ஆசிரியர்: Viji Amutha Mary A
- ஆசிரியர்: Geetha C
- ஆசிரியர்: LAVANYA G
- ஆசிரியர்: Sukanya G
- ஆசிரியர்: Gowri M
- ஆசிரியர்: Asha R
- ஆசிரியர்: LAKSHMI PRIYA S
- ஆசிரியர்: Urmela S
CO1:Address the challenges in Conventional System and to deal with missing and incomplete data.
CO2: Understand the various phases of Data Analytic Lifecycle and its influence over Business Models.
CO3: Analyse distinct techniques for Classification and Clustering.
CO4: Apply the principles of Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic towards advanced data analytics.
CO5: Synthesize knowledge to address Streaming Data Models and Computing.
CO6: Design and Build Real Time Applications with Streaming Data Model

COURSE OBJECTIVES
➢ To introduce basics of cyber-physical system and Industrial revolution 4.0 concepts.
➢ To develop an exposition of the challenges in implementing a cyber-physical system.
➢ To analyze the functional behavior of CPS based on standard modelling formalisms.
➢ To design CPS requirements based on operating system and hardware architecture constraints.
➢ To understand the concepts involved in Cyber Physical Systems Security.
- ஆசிரியர்: Parveen Akhther A
- ஆசிரியர்: Viji Amutha Mary A
- ஆசிரியர்: Poornima D
- ஆசிரியர்: RAJASHREE S
- ஆசிரியர்: Saranya S
- ஆசிரியர்: Divya V K
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Acquaint students with core knowledge in visual information processing and learning.
CO2 - Implement Digital Image Processing Mechanisms.
CO3 - Analyze and design Digital Image Generation Mechanisms.
CO4 - Representation of geometry and subdivision methods.
CO5 - Describe the Learning Methods in Vision.
CO6 - Comprehend the concepts related three dimensional object representations
Ø To understand the concept of Internet of Things.
Ø To identify the various elements of an IoT System.
Ø To understand the various means of communication from Node / Gateway to Cloud Platforms.
Ø To understand Cloud Computing & its relevance in IoT.
Ø To identify types of data analytics and data visualization tools.
Ø To make students aware of security concerns and challenges while implementing IoT solutions.

- ஆசிரியர்: Subhashini R
1. Write a notes on Security issues in Blockchain
2. Briefly Describe Trusted Execution Environment
3.Connecting Smart Contract with Front-End Application
4.Briefly Describe Sharding Technique and Its Benefits
5. Briefly Describe Blockchain in Health 4.0
- ஆசிரியர்: Madhumathi M
- ஆசிரியர்: Saravanan M
- ஆசிரியர்: PRADNYA BALASAHEB PATIL
This
course enables the students to understand the second and third laws of
thermodynamics and their applications; the concepts and applications of
electromotive force; the kinetics and mechanisms of chemical reactions; about
adsorption, homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis and the laws and kinetics
of photochemical reactions.

- ஆசிரியர்: Krithiga T
SCYA1102- ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY (CSE SPECIALIZATION,ECE, EEE, MECH, MECHATRONICS, AUTO, AERO, CIVIL)
This course is designed for the budding engineers to understand the significance of chemistry which forms the basic foundation of engineering. The course comprises of five units dealing with all the aspects of material science. Bonds to bands explains the fundamentals involved in the bond formation to the band theory of materials which finds significant applications in engineering. Molecular spectroscopy involves the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with materials in order to produce an absorption pattern from which structural or compositional information can be deduced. Functional materials deal with charge transport carriers such as soliton, polaron and bipolaron in conducting polymers that are utilized in engineering molecular devices. Carbon materials emphasize the structure, properties, production of fullerenes, graphene, CNT’s and their applications in the field of health, stealth and energy. Engineering materials covers the importance of Phase rule, Fuels and nanoparticles in the engineering and medicinal field.

- ஆசிரியர்: K CHENNAKESAVULU
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. S Gayathri
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan Jayabalan
- ஆசிரியர்: Anju K
- ஆசிரியர்: Amrita Pal
- ஆசிரியர்: Sunitha S
- ஆசிரியர்: Supriya S
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Y. Sasikumar
- ஆசிரியர்: Anand T
- ஆசிரியர்: Krithiga T
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
This course is designed for the budding engineers to understand the significance of chemistry which forms the basic foundation of engineering. The course comprises of five units dealing with all the aspects of material science. Bonds to bands explains the fundamentals involved in the bond formation to the band theory of materials which finds significant applications in engineering. Molecular spectroscopy involves the interaction of electromagnetic radiation with materials in order to produce an absorption pattern from which structural or compositional information can be deduced. Functional materials deal with charge transport carriers such as soliton, polaron and bipolaron in conducting polymers that are utilized in engineering molecular devices. Carbon materials emphasize the structure, properties, production of fullerenes, graphene, CNT’s and their applications in the field of health, stealth and energy. Engineering materials covers the importance of Phase rule, Fuels and nanoparticles in the engineering and medicinal field.

- ஆசிரியர்: K CHENNAKESAVULU
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. S Gayathri
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan Jayabalan
- ஆசிரியர்: Amrita Pal
- ஆசிரியர்: Sunitha S
- ஆசிரியர்: Supriya S
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Y. Sasikumar
- ஆசிரியர்: Krithiga T
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
The course is intended for under graduate students in chemistry to give an insight into the general aspects of organic reactions. The students will be able to understand the significance of functional groups, reactivity of the compounds and the types of reactions. On completion of the course, student will be able to:
CO1: Analyze the structure and reactivity of aromatic and polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbon
CO2: Apply the nucleophilic substitution and elimination mechanism of alkyl and aryl halides
CO3: Examine the structure and reactivity of alcohols and phenols
CO4: Examine the physical and chemical properties of ethers and epoxides
CO5: Apply the nucleophilic addition and electrophilic substitution mechanism to carbonyl compounds
CO6: Evaluate the basic concept of chemistry to real world applications

- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
The course is intended for undergraduate students in chemistry with an insight into organic compounds preparations and synthesis. The course will provide a platform in understanding the molecular rearrangements which pave way in their industrial applications. At the end of the course, the participants will be able to
To understand the chemistry of heterocyclic compounds containing O, N, S.
To synthesize the carboxylic acids along with their reactivity nature.
To develop the practice of learning molecular rearrangements along with their mechanism.
To discuss the importance of active methylene groups in organic synthesis.

- ஆசிரியர்: Subhenjit Hazra .
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
The course is intended for post graduate student s in chemistry to give an insight into the industrial aspects of designing the products. The students will be able to understand the significance of stereo, enantio, regio and chemo selective asymmetric synthesis in aldol formation, hydrogenation, hydroformylation reactions. At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1)Categorize and analyze the mechanism involved in basic organic reactions.
2) Propose and predict a strategic reaction pathway in synthesizing a stereo, regio, enantiomeric chiral product.
3)Choose and predict the organometallic reagents in organic reaction

- ஆசிரியர்: Ramanjaneya Reddy G
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
This course enables the students to elucidate the use of chemical kinetics in understanding reaction mechanisms and kinetics of fast reactions; to understand adsorption phenomena and enable the learners to understand the importance and significance of heterogeneous catalysis and to learn the kinetics of polymerization and experimental methods of determination of molar masses of polymers.
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan Jayabalan
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry consists of five units. The first unit deals with the study of stability of metal complexes based on EAN rule. Interpretation of structure and geometry of metal carbonyls through hybridization enhances the knowledge of synthesis of highly stable organometallic complexes by the selection of ligands for complexation. The second unit discusses the various chemical reactions involving metal carbonyls as reactants. The third unit deals with the various catalytic applications of metal carbonyls in different organic conversion reactions. The fourth unit discusses the involvement and role of transition metal ions in biological molecules and also includes their mechanism of action. The last unit give strong insight to different types of nuclear reactions and the applications of radioisotopes in different fields.

The course is intended for post graduate student s in chemistry to give an insight into the industrial aspects of designing the products. The students will be able to understand the significance of stereo, enantio, regio and chemo selective asymmetric synthesis in aldol formation, hydrogenation, hydroformylation reactions. At the end of the course, the student will be able to
1)Categorize and analyze the mechanism involved in basic organic reactions.
2) Propose and predict a strategic reaction pathway in synthesizing a stereo, regio, enantiomeric chiral product.
3)Choose and predict the organometallic reagents in organic reaction

- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
This course is aims to give a fundamentals of polymer characteristics and classification involved in a polymer reaction.This course is elaborated what are the types of polymerization reaction,mechanisms and properties. moulding process of polymers.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Y. Sasikumar
On completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the structure, isomerism, and bonding in coordination complexes.
CO2 - Deduce the crystal field splitting diagram for different geometries.
CO3 - Characterize the electronic spectra of metal complexes based on correlation diagrams.
CO4 - Evaluate the mechanistic pathway of metal complexes.
CO5 - Determine the stability of metal complexes using conventional methods. CO6 - Interpret the spectrum of different metal complexes with different geometries.

- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan Jayabalan
- ஆசிரியர்: Anju K
The course is designed for postgraduate students in chemistry to understand the organic reactions in natural systems and bio systems. At the end of the course, the student will be able to
- Analyze the mechanism involved in basic organic reactions
- Elaborate on structural elucidation and chemical synthesis of alkaloids, terpenoids
- Understand the role of Supramolecules and their significance.
- Assess the importance of proteins and enzymes.
- Examine the action of drugs.
- Propose the structural activity for natural products.
- ஆசிரியர்: Kavitha V
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To reinforce the concepts of 3D modelling.
- To enable them to experiment with forms, mapping, rendering and presentation techniques.
- To prepare the student for mass production of furniture for various classes of people with the parameters of economy and culture
SYLLABUS:
UNIT 1 MATERIAL AND PROCESSES IN DESIGN
Material Deposition Processes Laser Deposition, Micro-Plasma Powder Deposition, Chemical vapour Deposition, Micro Welding, Powder Casting Metal 3D Printing, Powder Deposition 3D printing;
UNIT 2 SUBTRACTIVE MANUFACTURING
Subtractive Processes Electrochemical machining, Electro-Discharge machining, Ultrasonic Machining, Laser Beam Machining, Water jet machining, Abrasive Jet Machining, Plasma Arc machining; Cutting and Removal Water Jet Cutting, Plasma Cutting, Laser Cutting, Electro-Discharge Wire Cutting; Abrasive Jet Cutting
UNIT 3 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING
Additive Extrusion Processes Extruded Filament 3D printing, Clay 3D printing, Stereo lithography; Special Purpose Manufacturing processes- Rot molding, Layer Compression, Sheet contouring, Friction Welding
UNIT 4 SURFACE TREATMENT PROCESSES
Surface Treatment Processes Laser Etching, Acid/Base Etching, Electro Chemical Etching, Sand Blast Etching, Ultraviolet Etching, Photochemical Machining Electro Chemical Polishing
UNIT 5 CONSTRUCTIVE ASSIGNMENTS
Demonstrate comprehensive understanding through accompanying assignments, group discussions, and site visits.
COURSE OUTCOME:
- Understand the various subtractive manufacturing processes frequently used in Interior and furniture design.
- Compare the various new technologies being incorporated into manufacturing processes
- Comprehend the various subtractive manufacturing processes frequently used in Interior and furniture design.
- Discuss the various additive manufacturing processes frequently used in Interior and furniture design.
- Analyse the various surface treatment processes in the manufacturing of interior design elements.
- Develop systematic design approach and space planning through manufactured furniture as elements of design.

- ஆசிரியர்: Yusuf Chiniwala
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To develop methods for critical thinking and analysis.
- To help the students develop opinions on various design-related topics.
- To develop new platforms and formats for their writing.\
- To examine how space is conceived and conceptualised
- To evaluate texts
- To investigate “visual language”, symbolism, and some of the pictorial devices, materials, and techniques employed by designers to tell stories visually
COURSE OUTCOMES:
- CO1 Explore innovative ways of researching and writing about contemporary design and culture.
- CO2 Create valid arguments and to argue for and against ideas
- CO3 Analyse structure of oral and written arguments
- CO4 Critically evaluate design ideas.
- CO5 Understand and apply various spatial representations for their own designs.
- CO6 Produce a booklet of the ideas and themes discussed.
SYLLABUS:
UNIT 1 COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES
Process of Communication. Transmission of ideas, facts & figures from one person to another. Kinds of Communication: Oral and Written, Verbal and Non-Verbal. Levels of Communication: Intrapersonal, Interpersonal, Group, Mass Communication.
UNIT 2 READING DESIGN
Reading skills: Model of reading to learning, reading tactics and strategies, reading purposes – associated apprehensions, reading for meaning, reading outcomes; Reading Space and its qualities; Presentations and writings of great design theorists
UNIT 3 DESIGN STORYTELLING AND NARRATIVES
Elements of a good story: facts, situation, characters, plot and resolution of a design project; Building context in the design process: Emotional, Environmental, Social context; Organising ideas- Personas, storyboards, and flowcharts; Documenting processes through writing
UNIT 4 REPRESENTATION OF SPACE
Innovation with orthographic drawings- beyond the plan, elevation, section; Perspectives and Montages; Maps and Models; Interior space and its occupation, experience and perception; Constructing and interpreting layers of meaning within interior spaces.

- ஆசிரியர்: Yusuf Chiniwala
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To get an insight into various products and accessories used in Interior Spaces.
- To understand relevant products designed according to user’s needs.
- To know about the role of accessories in interiors. Integration of accessories in interior design and stylistic development.
- To learn about the practical aspects of product design processes
COURSE OUTCOMES:
- CO1 Understand the role of product design and designers in our everyday environment.
- CO2 Analyse the various approaches to Product and accessories design for Interior Environments.
- CO3 Apply various human factors in the design of products and accessories.
- CO4 Develop approaches to design keeping practical aspects in mind.
- CO5 Approach towards Product Design in relation with various spaces
- CO6 Distinguish various design trends in the Indian and Global markets.
SYLLABUS
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION
A brief introduction to Product Designing – Various elements – History of Product Design – Definition of Product Design, understanding of Product Design - Purpose of Product Design – Role of Product Designers. Design approaches in product and lifestyle accessories design with a focus on functionality, ergonomics, aesthetics, multiple usages etc.
UNIT 2 HUMAN FACTORS
Application of human factors data. Human activities, their nature and effects. Human response to climate. Visual, Auditory, Tactual, Olfactory human mechanisms, Physical space and arrangement. Evolving the strategy of design with integration of technical complexities and lifestyle influences. Development of the design of products and accessories to specific interiors and prevailing trends.
UNIT 3 DESIGN APPROACH
Design approach with limited constraints inherent in accessory products. Broad-based approach towards innovative design and application to multi products and multi-materials in manufacturing interior products and lifestyle accessories. Study of materials and processes adopted in accessories design. Stylistic development of interior products from the past to present with insight into technological advances and the influences of social, economic and political factors on their design. Form, Colour, Texture, Symbols, User-specific criteria, Material, Technology and recyclability, Packaging. Multiple Utility oriented approaches to Product Design.
UNIT 4 PRACTICAL ASPECTS
Consumer Motivations Identification of user needs and Driving Factors; Emotional Design, Sensibility, Social Ethics and Concerns; Market Gaps, Market-Oriented Innovation; Business Evolution Product Planning for the future, Disruptive Innovation; Basic understanding of construction principles, modelling, rapid prototyping, with broad orientation to the socio-cultural and historical context of the sector. Orientation to Indian as well as global context of interiors, trends and market.

- ஆசிரியர்: Yusuf Chiniwala
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To acquaint students with the basic elements/principles of design and visual art.
- Understanding the basic characteristics of different techniques, mediums and its practical applications.
- To develop a perspective of artistic and creative expression through experimentation with different tools, techniques and medium in two and three-dimensional visual art forms
UNIT 1 CONCEPT AND MEANING OF VISUAL ARTS
Definition and meaning of Visual Art; Categorization of Visual Art- Fine art, Contemporary arts, Decorative arts and crafts, Applied arts
UNIT 2 ELEMENTS AND PRINCIPLES OF VISUAL ARTS
Elements of Visual Art: color, form, line, shape, space, texture, and value; Principles of Composition of Visual Art: balance, emphasis, harmony, movement, pattern, proportion, repetition, rhythm, unity, and hierarchy.
UNIT 3 2 DIMENSIONAL ARTS AND FORMS
2D Methods & techniques; Drawing and Painting, Still life, Life drawing, Composition, Collage, Print making, Photography, Wall painting, Posters, Folk art forms, etc.
UNIT 4 3 DIMENSIONAL ARTS AND FORMS
3D Methods & techniques; Sculpture, Clay modelling, Terracotta, Carving and relief work, Paper Mache, Mask making, Construction (using waste materials), Pottery, Installations, Folk art forms, etc.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course the student will be able to:
CO1: Understand the categorizations of visual art.
CO2: Apply elements (line, shape, form, texture, color, value, and space) and principles (repetition, variety, rhythm, proportion, movement, balance, emphasis, and unity) in work that effectively communicates their ideas.
CO3: Identify and discriminate between types of shape (geometric and organic), colors (primary, secondary, complementary, intermediates, neutrals, tints, tones, shades, and values), lines (characteristics, quality), textures (tactile and visual), and space (background, middle ground, foreground, placement, perspective, overlap, negative, converging lines positive, size, color), and balance (symmetrical, asymmetrical, radial)
CO4: Interpret and analyse the use of proportion, rhythm, variety, repetition, and movement in their work and the works of others.
CO5: Comprehend the various three dimensional art forms.
CO6: Develop and apply skills using a variety of two dimensional and three dimensional media, tools, and processes to create works that communicate personal meaning.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ramkumar R

- ஆசிரியர்: Deepalakshmi S
This course covers the characteristics of the Indian accounting environment and its financial reporting requirements for companies, and expands on advanced aspects of corporate activities, such as the Issue of Shares and debentures, redemptions, company final accounts, valuation of shares and goodwill and internal reconstruction, and provides comprehensive coverage of consolidation issues and equity investments.

- Teacher: Yamuna D
Course Objectives
- To Introduce the principle of light propagation through optical fiber
- To understand signal distortion mechanisms in the fiber
- To Introduce optical transmitters and receiver for the fiber and the fiber optic couplers, connector involved
- To Introduce optical network concepts and components involved and its applications

- ஆசிரியர்: Aranganathan A
- ஆசிரியர்: SUGADEV M
- ஆசிரியர்: Vijayakumar V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. Understand the microwave frequencies and derive the scattering parameter for the microwave network and to study and analyse the microwave system and components.
2. To study the characteristics of couplers and power dividers.
3. To study the microwave sources and solid state devices.
4. To measure the RF parameters and to study the functions of RF analyzers.
5. To study the system aspects of MIllimeter wave systems.
On completion of the course, students are able to
CO1 - Identify and formulate S matrix of microwave junctions.
CO2 - Explain couplers and power dividers.
CO3 - Classify the microwave tubes and explain their principle of operation.
CO4 – Perform microwave measurements and analyze the parameters.
CO5 - Analyze the basic radio receiver architecture.
CO6- Develop millimeterwave radio links for microwave transmission

COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To acquaint the students with the construction, theory and operation of the basic electronic devices such as PN
junction diode, Bipolar and Field effect Transistors, Power control devices, LED, LCD and other Opto-electronic
devices, display devices and power semiconductors.
Ø To understand the mechanisms of current flow in semi-conductors and special semiconductor devices.
Ø To understand the method of biasing transistors.
Ø To familiarise the students with the analysis and design of Multistage Amplifier circuits.
Ø To acquire the knowledge of equivalent circuits of amplifiers and oscillators.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the method of biasing transistors.
To familiarize the students with the analysis and design of basic transistor Amplifier
circuits.
To acquire the knowledge of equivalent circuits.
To understand the frequency response of amplifiers.
To provide foundation and confidence to the students to troubleshoot and fault
analysis of power supplies and power amplifiers.
To develop current mirrors and differential operations.
UNIT 1 BIASING OF BJT AND FET 9 Hrs.
BJT– Need for biasing – Various biasing methods of BJT- Bias Circuit Design- DC Load Line –
DC analysis of Transistor circuits-AC Load Line- AC analysis of Transistor Circuits- Quiescent Point
–
Thermal stability - Stability factors - Biasing of JFET - Various biasing methods of JFET - JFET Bias
Circuit Design - MOSFET Biasing-Two port network.
UNIT 2 EQUIVALENT MODEL OF BJT AND FET AMPLIFIERS 9 Hrs.
Hybrid model- Analysis of CE, CC and CB amplifiers using Hybrid equivalent circuits to obtain
gain, input impedance and output impedance--Small Signal Amplifiers – Analysis of CE, CC and CB
amplifiers using small signal equivalent circuits to obtain gain, input impedance and output
impedance. Small Signal equivalent circuit of FET and MOSFET - Analysis of CS, CD and CG JFET
amplifiers using small signal equivalent circuits- Analysis of CS, CD and CG MOSFET amplifiers
using small signal equivalent circuits.
UNIT 3 MULTISTAGE AMPLIFIERS AND FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF BJT AND FET
AMPLIFIERS 9 Hrs.
Multistage Amplifiers- Methods of Coupling- RC Coupled- Transformer Coupled – Direct
Coupled Amplifiers- Amplifier frequency response – Miller effect- Frequency response of transistor
amplifiers with circuit capacitors – BJT frequency response – Low and High frequency analysis of
CE, CB, CC -Frequency response of FET - Low and High frequency analysis of CS, CG, CD JFET
& MOSFET.
UNIT 4 POWER SUPPLIES AND POWER AMPLIFIERS 9 Hrs.
Linear mode power supply - Rectifiers - Half-Wave Rectifier - Full-Wave Rectifier - Filters-L, C,
LC, CLC Filter- Regulators - Zener Diode regulator- Linear series, shunt voltage Regulators -
Switched mode power supply (SMPS) – Large Signal Amplifiers – Class A, Class B, Class C, Class
D- Distortion in power amplifiers.
UNIT 5 CURRENT MIRRORS AND DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIERS. 9 Hrs.
Current sources for biasing – Current steering circuits – Current mirror with improved performance
(Cascode mirror, Wilson, Widlar). Large and small signal operation of Differential pair circuit
Differential pair with active load - Frequency response of the Differential amplifier
Max. 45 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Acquire knowledge of simple BJT circuits design and implement circuits with transistor
biasing design.
CO2 - Draw the equivalent circuits of BJT and FET.
CO3 - Understand the working principles, Frequency response characteristics of BJT and FET.
CO4 - Compare the frequency response characteristics of BJT and FET amplifiers.
CO5 - Design and troubleshoot simple power supplies and analyse the performance parameters of
power supplies. Understand and identify the performance level in power amplifiers and checking its
distortion levels.
CO6 – Design the differential amplifier and study the performance of current mirrors
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Millman J and Halkias C., “Integrated Electronics”, TMH, 2nd Edition, 2017.
2. S. Salivahanan, N. Suresh Kumar and A. Vallavaraj, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, TMH,
2 nd Edition, 2017.
3. Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C.Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits”, Oxford University Press, Sixth
Edition, 2009.
4. Behzad Razavi, “Fundamentals of Microelectronics”, 1st edition, wiley publication, 2008.
5. Donald. A. Neamen, “Electronic Circuits Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill Education (India)
Private Ltd., 3rd Edition, 2010.
6. Robert L. Boylestad and Louis Nasheresky, ”Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Pearson
Education, 11th Edition, 2013.
7. Floyd, “Electronic Devices”, Pearson Education, 9th Edition, 2012.

- ஆசிரியர்: SRILATHA K
- ஆசிரியர்: KAVIPRIYA P
COURSE OBJECTIVES
➢ To understand operational principles and characteristics of semiconductor electronic devices.
➢ To learn about analog electronic circuits such as rectifiers, regulators and amplifiers.
➢ To learn about Boolean algebra and basic building blocks of digital systems.
➢ To learn about optimized implementation of combinational and sequential digital circuits and systems.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr Jayasudha F V
- ஆசிரியர்: SAKTHI PRABHA R
- ஆசிரியர்: VINO T
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Discuss the fundamental concepts of wave propagation in Transmission Lines and Wave Guides.
CO2 - Analyze the line parameters and various losses in transmission lines.
CO3 - Apply smith chart for line parameter and impedance calculations.
CO4 - Evaluate the characteristics of parallel plane and rectangular wave guides.
CO5 - Evaluate the characteristics of Circular waveguides.
CO6 - Evaluate the characteristics of resonators.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr Jayasudha F V
To know the principles of sampling & quantization.
To understand the various Base Band signaling schemes.
To introduce the basic concepts of digital modulation of baseband signals.
To get introduced to the basics of source and channel coding/decoding.
To understand the basics of spread spectrum modulation schemes.

- ஆசிரியர்: Vijayakumar V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To know the principles of sampling and quantization
- To understand the various base band signalling schemes
- To introduce the basic concepts of digital modulation of base band signals
- To get introduced to the basics of source and channel coding/decoding
- To understand the basics of spread spectrum modulation schemes

- ஆசிரியர்: Aranganathan A
- To learn the basic antenna parameters.
- To understand the radiation mechanism from the dipole antennas.
- To explore the various antenna arrays and calculate the maxima, minima and half power directions.
- To discuss the characteristics of travelling wave radiators and high frequency antennas.
- To study antenna measurements techniques.

- ஆசிரியர்: Magthelin Therase
On completion of the course, student will be able to
Apply the knowledge of basic microwave components and understand the scattering parameters differences between low and high frequency processes.
Analyses the characteristics of various microwave sources and solid state devices.
Classify and analyze the various microwave measurements and EMI/EMC measurements
Demonstrate the qualitative knowledge of optical communication and types of optical fibers, its losses and signal degradation
Become Aware of the latest optical sources, launching and coupling of optical fibers
Examine the theoretical concepts of optical Networks.

- ஆசிரியர்: JEGAN G
To understand the characteristics of diodes, transistors, LDRs, SCR, DIAC, Triac.
To understand the theorems for electrical circuit analysis.

- ஆசிரியர்: Krishnamoorthy N R
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the micro level dataflow in various units of computer.
CO2 - Demonstrating the impact of control memory operations and multi-process or characteristics.
CO3 - Examining the different types of memory and experimenting the mapping techniques.
CO4 - Select the suitable process scheduling technique for optimized function of operating systems.
CO5 - Critically upraising the deadlock in CPU and other memory management techniques.
CO6 - Design and Developing optimized architecture for stand-alone applications.

- ஆசிரியர்: Vijaya Baskar V
Course Objectives
• To learn about wireless mobile communication standards and co-existence of 4G and 5G.
• To learn 5G network architecture, components, features and their benefits.
• To learn channel access methods, modulation and spectrum sensing techniques used in 5G wireless systems.
• To understand advanced wireless concepts such as Massive MIMO, Virtualized RAN and Network Slicing.
• To learn about mmWave communication systems and its use cases.
Course Outcomes:
On Completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO1 - Distinguish major mobile communication standards such as 3G, 4G and 5G
CO2 - Analyze various modulation and multiplexing techniques like OFDM, NOMA etc.
CO3 - Design system level architecture of 5G communication systems.
CO4 - Analyze spectrum sensing and sharing techniques in 5G systems.
CO5 - Assess the potential of mmWave spectrum for 5G applications.
CO6 - Apply the concepts of green communications in real life applications.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. KRUTI DEEPA
- ஆசிரியர்: Karthikeyan K.V
- ஆசிரியர்: MATHAN N
- ஆசிரியர்: Kalaipriya O
Course Objectives:
- To Present the mathematical, statistical, and computational challenges of building neural networks
- To study the concepts of deep learning
- To introduce dimensionality reduction techniques
- To enable the students to know deep learning techniques to support real-time applications
- To examine the case studies of deep learning techniques

- ஆசிரியர்: Ishwarya C
- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: Gomathi V
- ஆசிரியர்: Vedanarayanan V
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, the student will be able to
CO1 - Describe the components of embedded system and different communication protocols.
CO2 - Describe the differences between the general computing system and embedded system, also recognize the classification of embedded systems.
CO3 - Attain expertise with embedded system development and debugging tools.
CO4 - Apply the interrupt service mechanism in the design of embedded system.
CO5 - Design of real time embedded systems using the concepts of RTOS.
CO6 - Articulate the role of embedded systems in industry and provide feasible design solutions for given problem
statement.
- ஆசிரியர்: EBENEZAR JEBARANI M R
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To categorize the sensors and transducers according to its applications
- To introduce virtual instrumentation and LabVIEW
- To focus on the advanced features of smart sensors
- To summarize the characteristics and operating principles of various types of transducers
- To familiarize with Arduino programming
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 Infer the needs of sensors and transducers in industrial automation.
CO2 Evaluate the unique characteristics of Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive transducers.
CO3 Investigate different types of advanced sensors and its principles of operation.
CO4 Apply virtual instrumentation techniques for complicated process handling.
CO5 Monitor the environmental parameter variations using smart sensors.
CO6 Analyze the real time problems with Arduino programming.

- ஆசிரியர்: Pandian R
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To explain how digital circuit of large complexity can be built in a methodological way to acquire the knowledge about memory architectures.
- To illustrate how the concepts presented in the lectures are applied in practice, and how the need to accommodate different practically motivated trade-offs can lead to alternative implementations.
- To teach fundamental concepts of hardware description languages.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 Apply the steps for state table reduction and state assignment, ASM chart and ASM tables for the design of synchronous sequential design.
CO2 Determine the Real Time Challenges in the design of Asynchronous sequential circuits.
CO3 Elaborate the feasibility of sequential circuit design using PLA.
CO4 Evaluate the testing algorithms and perform the comparison study for digital circuits.
CO5 Design the Combinational logic circuits using VHDL.
CO6 Construct the low power sequential circuit using VHDL.

- ஆசிரியர்: AISHWARYA K
- ஆசிரியர்: EMIMAL M
- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: GEETHA P
- ஆசிரியர்: Balamurugan Velan
COURSE OUTCOMES :
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Model various parameters in communication channels.
CO2 - Analyze the suitability of IEEE standards for specific applications.
CO3 - Correlate ISO-OSI and TCP/IP reference models.
CO4 - Develop suitable error detection and error correction techniques for reliable communication.
CO5 - Analyze various transport layer protocols for Real Time Applications.
CO6 - Develop suitable routing and congestion control algorithms for Real World Problems.

- ஆசிரியர்: GOMATHI T
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To categorize the sensors and transducers according to its applications
- To introduce virtual instrumentation and LabVIEW
- To focus on the advanced features of smart sensors
- To summarize the characteristics and operating principles of various types of transducers
- To familiarize with Arduino programming
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 Infer the needs of sensors and transducers in industrial automation.
CO2 Evaluate the unique characteristics of Resistive, Capacitive and Inductive transducers.
CO3 Investigate different types of advanced sensors and its principles of operation.
CO4 Apply virtual instrumentation techniques for complicated process handling.
CO5 Monitor the environmental parameter variations using smart sensors.
CO6 Analyze the real time problems with Arduino programming.

- ஆசிரியர்: Pandian R
Course Outcomes
On
completion of the course, the student should be able to
CO1-Apply the mathematical concepts to compare
different types of optical fibers, modes and configuration.
CO2-Analyze
the transmission characteristics of optical fibers.
CO3-Examine
the optical sources and detectors for use in optical communication system.
CO4-Construct
launching and coupling of optical fibers.
CO5-Design
high speed optical communication networks.
CO6-Design wireless
communication system using Li-Fi.

- ஆசிரியர்: JEGAN G
- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
- ஆசிரியர்: ANU SUDHA T.A
COURSE OBJECTIVES :
To learn the basics of Semiconductor devices, MOS transistors.
To learn the fundamental concepts of CMOS devices and characteristics.
To learn the CMOS circuits and design with VLSI software tools.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. SUMATHI M
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
- CO1 - Identify the main challenges associated with machine-to-machine communications with respect to the status quo in networking today.
- CO2 - Describe the standards, protocols and algorithms that are used to address the challenges in M2M communications.
- CO3 - Develop an understanding of edge and fog computing for data aggregation, filtering and detecting anomalies
- CO4 - Design and build a network based on the client server, as well as how to publish/subscribe to connect, collect data, monitor and manage assets.
- CO5 - Develop device, gateway and server-side scripts and apps, enabling them to aggregate and analyze sensor data
- CO6 - Analyze and suggest suitable application-layer protocols and web services architectures for a seamless integration of various components within an IoT ecosystem.

- ஆசிரியர்: MATHAN N
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To learn about the security issues in IoT and cloud computing.
Ø To learn about the cryptography solutions and issues in IoT.
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF IoT ECOSYSTEM
IoT security issues, how to design an IoT system, Hardware, software and network security related to IoT systems. Basics of cryptographic solutions to IoT systems.
UNIT 2 OVERVIEW OF CLOUD COMPUTING AND ITS SERVICES
Cloud Computing Fundamental: Cloud computing definition, private, public and hybrid cloud.
Cloud types; IaaS, PaaS, SaaS.
UNIT 3 CHALLENGES IN CLOUD COMPUTING
Benefits and challenges of cloud computing, public vs. private clouds, Role of virtualization in enabling the cloud.
UNIT 4 SECURITY CONCEPTS IN CONTEXT TO IoT DEVICES
Security Concepts: Confidentiality, privacy, integrity, authentication, non-repudiation, Virtualization.
UNIT 5 IoT SECURITY THREATS AND COUNTER MEASURES
System-Specific Attacks: Guest hopping, attacks on the VM (delete the VM, attack on the control of the VM, code or file injection into the virtualized file structure), VM migration attack, hyper jacking.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. David Etter, “ IoT Security: Practical guide book “ Create Space, 1st Edition, 2016.
2. Drew Van Duren, Brian Russell, “Practical Internet of Things Security”, Packt, 1st Edition, 2016.
3. Sean Smith, “The Internet of Risky Things”, O'Reilly Media, 1st Edition, 2017.
4. Brian Russell, Drew Van Duren, “Practical Internet of Things Security: Design a security framework for an Internet connected ecosystem”, 2nd Edition, 2018.

- ஆசிரியர்: JEGAN G
To understand the various applications of electronic devices for conversion and control of the electrical power.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ramesh Babu A
COURSE OBJECTIVES
ÿ To analyze the electromechanical system.
ÿ To impart knowledge in construction details, principle operation and performance characteristics of DC machines and transformer.
ÿ To evaluate the different losses and performance of DC machines and transformer using different testing methods.
ÿ To analyze the performance characteristics of DC machines.
ÿ To impart knowledge in three phase transformer connection.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the concept of magnetic circuits.
CO2 - Explain the principle, types, effect of armature reaction and commutation of DC generator.
CO3 - Analyze the performance characteristics of DC motor using various testing methods.
CO4 - Understand the principle, equivalent circuit and performance of a single phase transformer.
CO5 - Compare the saving of copper of auto transformer with a two winding transformer.
CO6 - Analyze the various transformer connection for specific application.

COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart knowledge on Construction and principle operation of Asynchronous and Synchronous machines.
To impart knowledge on not self-starting AC machines.
To convey knowledge on speed control of three-phase induction motors.
To analyze performance characteristics of Synchronous and Asynchronous machines.
To convey knowledge on synchronized operation of an Alternator with an Infinite bus bar.
UNIT
1 SYNCHRONOUSGENERATORS 10 Hrs.
Constructional features - EMF Equation - Armature Reaction - Synchronous Reactance - Voltage Regulation -Synchronous Impedance Method - MMF and Potier Methods - Synchronising & Parallel Operation - Two Reaction Theory - Determination of Xd and Xq (Slip test).
UNIT 2 SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS 9 Hrs.
Principle of Operation - Starting Methods - Effect of Increased Load with Constant Excitation - Effect of Changing Excitation on Constant Load - Different Torque - Power flow equation - Phasor diagram - V and inverted V curves - Hunting and suppression methods.
UNIT 3 THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTORS 9 Hrs.
Construction - Types of 3- Phase Induction Motors - Rotating Magnetic Fields - Torque Equation – Condition for Maximum Torque - Slip, Torque Slip Characteristics - Power Stages in Induction Motors - Losses and Efficiency - Plugging - Cogging and Crawling - Concept of Induction Generator.
UNIT 4 CIRCLE DIAGRAM AND CONTROL METHODS OF 3- PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR 9 Hrs.
No load and Blocked rotor tests - Equivalent circuit - Construction of Circle diagram - Starting methods - Speed control - Double cage Induction motor.
UNIT 5 SINGLE PHASE AC MOTORS 8 Hrs.
Double Field Revolving Theory - Types of Single Phase Induction Motor - Equivalent Circuit (Qualitative) -Repulsion Motor - Series Motor - Universal motor, AC Servomotor, Linear Induction Motor, Hysteresis motor. Max. 45 Hrs.

To study the concepts of stepper motors and its applications
To study the operating principle and characteristics of switched reluctance motors
To impart knowledge on the fundamental concepts and control of permanent magnet brushless DC motors
To introduce the concepts and control methods of permanent magnet brushless synchronous motors and
synchronous reluctance motors.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ramesh Babu A
- ஆசிரியர்: Barnabas Paul Glady J
- ஆசிரியர்: Sivagami P
- ஆசிரியர்: Senthil Nayagam V
To impart knowledge on the concepts of over voltages.
To analyze the dielectric breakdown mechanisms.
To measure and test High voltages and currents.

- ஆசிரியர்: Meenakshi V
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the fundamental electrical concepts.CO2 - Analyze simple DC circuits using appropriate techniques.
CO3 - Apply phasor analysis techniques to solve AC circuits.
CO4 - Demonstrate the characteristics of various semi-conductor devices.
CO5 - Analyze characteristics of switched mode power supply.
CO6 - Design power supply unit using regulator IC.

- ஆசிரியர்: Godwin Immanuel D
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To analyze the electromechanical system.
To impart knowledge in construction details, principle operation and performance characteristics of DC machines and transformer.
To evaluate the different losses and performance of DC machines and transformer using different testing methods.
To analyze the performance characteristics of DC machines.
To impart knowledge in three phase transformer connection.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the concept of magnetic circuits.
CO2 - Explain the principle, types, effect of armature reaction and commutation of DC generator.
CO3 - Analyze the performance characteristics of DC motor using various testing methods.
CO4 - Understand the principle, equivalent circuit and performance of a single phase transformer.
CO5 - Compare the saving of copper of auto transformer with a two winding transformer.
CO6 - Analyze the various transformer connection for specific application.

- ஆசிரியர்: Jaya Prakash S
- ஆசிரியர்: Sundar Singh Jebaseelan S D
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the fundamental electrical concepts.CO2 - Analyze simple DC circuits using appropriate techniques.
CO3 - Apply phasor analysis techniques to solve AC circuits.
CO4 - Demonstrate the characteristics of various semi-conductor devices.
CO5 - Analyze characteristics of switched mode power supply.
CO6 - Design power supply unit using regulator IC.

- ஆசிரியர்: Meenakshi V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart knowledge on Construction and principle operation of Asynchronous and Synchronous machines.
To impart knowledge on not self-starting AC machines.
To convey knowledge on speed control of three-phase induction motors.
To analyze performance characteristics of Synchronous and Asynchronous machines.
To convey knowledge on synchronized operation of an Alternator with an Infinite bus bar.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the principle and predetermine the regulation of a Synchronous Generator.
CO2 - Analyze the operation of synchronous motor under various excitation conditions.
CO3 - Explain the principle, characteristics and losses of three phase induction motor.
CO4 - Realize the various methods of starting and testing of three phase induction motor.
CO5 - Explain the principle, types and equivalent circuit of single phase induction motor.
CO6 - Appreciate and select a suitable AC motor for particular application.

- ஆசிரியர்: Ramesh Babu A
- ஆசிரியர்: Sivagami P
To impart knowledge on the concepts of over voltages.
To analyze the dielectric breakdown mechanisms.
To measure and test High voltages and currents.

- ஆசிரியர்: Meenakshi V
To study the concepts of stepper motors and its applications
To study the operating principle and characteristics of switched reluctance motors
To impart knowledge on the fundamental concepts and control of permanent magnet brushless DC motors
To introduce the concepts and control methods of permanent magnet brushless synchronous motors and
synchronous reluctance motors.

- ஆசிரியர்: Sivagami P
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the electronics in automobiles.
CO2 - Explain the electronics in Ignition systems, Injection systems, Engine, Chassis and Safety systems.
CO3 - Understand the working of sensors, actuators in automobiles.
CO4 - Apply the knowledge of electronics in automobiles.
CO5 - Develop electronics in automobiles.
CO6 - Design a electronic system in automobiles.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Karthikeyan A
Principles and Practice of Accounting - Chapters studied in plus 2 only. Questions may be little Professional Course Level.

- ஆசிரியர்: Murthy CMA
FASHION PSYCHOLOGY AND GROOMING
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To enable students to understand the trends in Clothing behavior
- Gain an insight into the planning process involved in Wardrobe Clothing selection.
UNIT I
Fashion flow chart - Fashion terminology - Cycle influences - Elements of fashion design - History of fashion. Introduction to Clothing, Understanding, and Purpose of clothing - Protection, Modesty, attraction. Social & Psychological aspects of fashion.
UNIT II
Clothing Values, Clothing Culture, Men and Women clothing and Ornamentation, Groups, Role & status of clothing. Clothing according to climatic conditions.
UNIT III
Selection of clothes, - Clothes for children, middle age, adults, types of clothes, according to human figure - Different material for different clothes - Color suitable for different garments.
UNIT IV
Modern Clothing-Youth style and fashion, Teddy boy, skins modes, hippies, punks, taste of youth and their life style. Ancient to modern clothing, minis maxis, unisex, fit women, glamorous woman. Casual and formal clothing. Fashion for all, ready to wear fashion, mass marketing of fashion.
UNIT V
Planning for clothing needs, Clothes for school, Clothes for parties, Clothes for sports, Clothes for resting Wardrobe Planning
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the students will able to
CO1: Understand terms involved in Fashion and Clothing .
CO2: Understand the selection of clothes for various age Groups .
CO3: Gain knowledge on Wardrobe Planning.
CO4: Planning for various clothing needs for different climatic conditions.
CO5: Know the Modern Clothing
TEXT/ REFERENCE BOOKS:
- ‘ A History of Fashion’ , Black A.J. (1985) , USA Orbits Publishing Ltd. Rouse E. (1989),
- ‘Understanding Fashion’,UK, Blackwell Science
- ‘The Dictionary of Costume’,Wilcox T. UK,- Bats ford Ltd.
- Fashion & color Mary Garthe, Rockport Publishers - Encyclopedia of fashion detail by Patric John, Ireland Batsford

- ஆசிரியர்: SARANYA N
- ஆசிரியர்: Krithika S
Researching the subject - Organizing matter - Structuring the report/presentation, Making Visual presentations
Presenting a Paper - Making a fully researched informative presentation - Official Correspondence- Letters- Memos- Emails - Notices- Public Announcements- Circulars.
Official Documentation - Agenda/Minutes of Meeting - Files and other Documents. Informative Communication – presentation skills - News Reports- Report Writing- Persuasive Communication - How to write Applications- letters- Articles persuasively- Meetings- Group Discussions- Interviews
The art of Negotiation and Persuasion- Writing a good CV/Resume- profile- Reviews (Film/Restaurant)- Articles- Creating Characters- Writing Stories- Exploring other forms- Writing for Print/Television/Films/Web- Role Play- Writing and Performing a Skit- Writing and Performing an Ad/Social Service Spot.
Final Presentation - complete presentation - with Performance.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
CO 1: improve the skills in research techniques.
CO 2: Develop skills in Visual Presentations
CO 3. Develop the various Skills through Documentation and Negotiation.
CO 4: Understand the basics of communication and presentation

- ஆசிரியர்: SARANYA N
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- The design portfolio is the expression of the graduating student’s creativity design technical expertise and illustration and presentation skills. It is a body of work that is the culmination of all previous semesters’ learning and a visual expression of integrative learning.
- The students document all their presentable work done through all semesters and those that portray the student’s areas of interest.
- The portfolio can be an effective means of communicating the capacities and capabilities of the students to anyone who seeks their skills and talents
COMPONENTS OF PORTFOLIO:
1. Individual design philosophy that manifests itself in all design projects
2. Design Projects: Industry–oriented: The projects should exhibit a thorough understanding of industry segmentation e.g. buying a house- export house- corporate house- in the house design team of brands/boutiques- designer unit both couture and RTW- Self – generated briefs as an expression of the student’s individual design aesthetics. Each project must be specifically geared and suitably edited and presented to best demonstrate both the creative and commercial orientation of the student.
The ability to integrate multi-pronged learning of the previous semesters with special aptitude research- historical referencing of fashion/ costume- assessment of fabric suitability to justify sourcing/development of surface design techniques- extended/edited range plan- illustrations both hand – done and on computers along with flat working drawings and specification sheets would be essential attributes.
3. Demonstrated awareness and competence in the latest design-oriented computer software as required intensively by the industry
4. Suitable presentation techniques and graphics
5. Marketing and Visual Merchandising of designs through logo design- packaging etc.
6. Catalogues and advertisements for line promotion may also be made

- ஆசிரியர்: SARANYA N
- ஆசிரியர்: Priyadarshini R
This course comprises novels of different types with a brief introduction to the techniques of fiction as a genre. The students would be able to distinct and analyse the literary characteristics of the novel. The students will be made aware of the social background, structure and theme of the prescribed novels and would be able to effectively communicate ideas related to the novel during class and group activities . They would be able to read, summarize, and evaluate critically the works suggested for the course. 📖 ☕

Objectives:
• Understanding the origins, structure and development of language and its application to other areas of humanistic and scientific knowledge.
• Understanding the general characteristic of the structure of language, its phonological sound system, word structure, and phrase and sentence patterns.
Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: Grasp the complexity of language as a communication system shaped by cognitive, biological, cultural, and social factors. Demonstrate understanding of the concepts, theories, and methodologies used by linguists in qualitative and quantitative analyses of linguistic structure, and patterns of language use. Demonstrate understanding of processes of language change and variation, the role of language in reflecting and constructing social identities, and the distinctive properties of human language. Acquire the technical vocabulary and theoretical tools of the field, necessary to read published linguistic research. Apply their understanding of linguistic concepts, methods and approaches to the construction and analysis of meanings in different modes of communication. Are ready for significant scholarly participation in the field of linguistics.

- ஆசிரியர்: Amutha Monica
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To enable the students to read and respond to specialized (scientific) materials and to subject
areas included for their study.
• To provide an opportunity for students to comprehend and react in oral and written forms to the
specialized texts that they read in their respective courses so as to summarise and paraphrase
the texts presented in the class.
• To provide opportunities for students to respond to listening and writing tasks by using digital
tools
• To enhance 21st century skills like communication, collaboration, critical thinking and creativity
through blended learning contexts
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1: Classify technical words to use them in sentences framing, compose problem solving paragraphs in semi formal letters, use rubrics to self evaluate, listening to take linear notes, reading to infer, predict and to differentiate facts from opinions, guess contextual meaning of words, modify the verbs in present tense, use learnt language in role plays with 80% accuracy
CO2: Categorize information based on global understanding of reading materials to prepare notes in graphic format like tables, use cohesive words related to comparing and contrasting by writing short paragraphs based on visual inputs in the form of bar diagrams, pie chart etc; describe process by composing paragraphs, recognize topic sentences and identifying verbal phrases while reading, use prepositions and prepositional phrases, modify the verbs from one form to the other in past and future tenses with 80% accuracy
CO 3: Generate specific information by using scanning and skimming reading materials, Construct questionnaire to conduct class survey by framing open ended questions to generate data on current issues to make oral presentations and report in written format by using template provided, arrange sentences in the right order by using sentence linkers as clues, revise the written materials by identifying elements of editing, edit errors related to subject verb agreement, punctuation and spelling besides coherence with 70 % accuracy, use reported speech in spoken and written form in class room in reporting contexts, list paired words, word associations by recalling and identifying by noticing them while reading CO 4: Paraphrase based on reading to discuss and design products thereby to create and design user manual, identify technical words related to compound nouns to expand and to paraphrase, enact role plays to present the product, discuss facts and opinions of the product in pair and team work, read current topics to summarise in note form , listen to current issues to deduct meaning from the context, choose the right option, define technical words related to the reading materials.
CO 5: Summarise reading materials, use the ideas while writing essays, take, and differentiate meaning of homonyms and homophones
CO 6: Demonstrate the ability to work cooperatively in a small group environment, in activities developed for language learning in the classroom/ online for formative assessment purposes, use and develop rubrics for self reflection, apply elements of reasoning skills for critical reading, identify facts and opinions and make judgements independently, develop intellectual courage and perseverance in pair and group work.
- ஆசிரியர்: LIZY BOSCO
- ஆசிரியர்: Sowmiya L.M.
- ஆசிரியர்: Amutha Monica
- ஆசிரியர்: Senthil Kumar Sivamathiah
Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1: Classify technical words to use them in sentences framing, compose problem solving paragraphs in semi formal letters, use rubrics to self evaluate, listening to take linear notes, reading to infer, predict and to differentiate facts from opinions, guess contextual meaning of words, modify the verbs in present tense, use learnt language in role plays with 80% accuracy
CO2: Categorize information based on global understanding of reading materials to prepare notes in graphic format like tables, use cohesive words related to comparing and contrasting by writing short paragraphs based on visual inputs in the form of bar diagrams, pie chart etc; describe process by composing paragraphs, recognize topic sentences and identifying verbal phrases while reading, use prepositions and prepositional phrases, modify the verbs from one form to the other in past and future tenses with 80% accuracy
CO 3: Generate specific information by using scanning and skimming reading materials, Construct questionnaire to conduct class survey by framing open ended questions to generate data on current issues to make oral presentations and report in written format by using template provided, arrange sentences in the right order by using sentence linkers as clues, revise the written materials by identifying elements of editing, edit errors related to subject verb agreement, punctuation and spelling besides coherence with 70 % accuracy, use reported speech in spoken and written form in class room in reporting contexts, list paired words, word associations by recalling and identifying by noticing them while reading
CO 4: Paraphrase based on reading to discuss and design products thereby to create and design user manual, identify technical words related to compound nouns to expand and to paraphrase, enact role plays to present the product, discuss facts and opinions of the product in pair and team work, read current topics to summarise in note form , listen to current issues to deduct meaning from the context, choose the right option, define technical words related to the reading materials.
CO 5: Summarise reading materials, use the ideas while writing essays, take, and differentiate meaning of homonyms and homophones
CO 6: Demonstrate the ability to work cooperatively in a small group environment, in activities developed for language learning in the classroom/ online for formative assessment purposes, use and develop rubrics for self reflection, apply elements of reasoning skills for critical reading, identify facts and opinions and make judgements independently, develop intellectual courage and perseverance in pair and group work.

- ஆசிரியர்: Sowmiya L.M.
- ஆசிரியர்: Amutha Monica
- ஆசிரியர்: Senthil Kumar Sivamathiah

Introduce the students to basic principles, theories and practices in ELT.
Enable students to identify changes that took place over a period of time in the area.
Analyze the teaching approaches and methods. Recall basic approaches for teaching language with four skills.

To create a strong base on the various sensors and transducers in mechanical system, interdisciplinary applications of Electronics, Electrical, Mechanical and Computer Systems for the Control of Mechanical and Electronic Systems
To design control system for computer application like CNC.

- ஆசிரியர்: Sabarivani A
To help the student to see the need for developing a holistic perspective of life.
To sensitize the student about the scope of life – individual, family, society and nature/existence.
Strengthening self-reflection.
To develop more confidence and commitment to understand, learn and act accordingly.
- ஆசிரியர்: SENTHILKUMAR G
- ஆசிரியர்: NIVIN JOY
- ஆசிரியர்: Sangeetha M
- ஆசிரியர்: Venkatesh S
- ஆசிரியர்: VENKATESAN S P
COURSE OBJECTIVE’S
- To understand the network architecture and protocols supported for connecting devices in a network.
- To gain the knowledge of framing in data link layer.
- To learn the functions of network layer and the routing strategies with their associated protocols.
- To introduce the protocols used for end to end packet delivery in transport layer.
- To understand the application layer protocols.

- ஆசிரியர்: Pushpavalli M
Internet of Things (IoT) is a network of physical objects or people called "things" that are embedded with software, electronics, network, and sensors that allows these objects to collect and exchange data. Students will learn various IoT concepts like IoT basics, IoT introduction, fundamentals of IoT, IoT with cloud and IoT with data analytics.

- ஆசிரியர்: Anbuselvi G
- ஆசிரியர்: Subapriya V
Internet of Things (IoT) is a network of physical objects or people called "things" that are embedded with software, electronics, network, and sensors that allows these objects to collect and exchange data. Students will learn various IoT concepts like IoT basics, IoT introduction, fundamentals of IoT, IoT with cloud and IoT with data analytics.

- ஆசிரியர்: Sivasangari A
- ஆசிரியர்: Nagarajan G
- ஆசிரியர்: Lakshmanan L
- ஆசிரியர்: Suji Helen L
- ஆசிரியர்: BHANU SHREE T
- ஆசிரியர்: Ulagamuthalvi V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To introduce Bit coin and other crypto currencies.
- To study the algorithms and techniques in block chain.
- To understand the practical aspects in the design of crypto currency.
- To understand the function of Block chains as a method of securing distributed ledgers.
- To design, code, deploy and execute a smart contract.

- ஆசிரியர்: Jeyanthi P
- ஆசிரியர்: Jeberson Retna Raj R
- ஆசிரியர்: Srividhya S.R
This course aims at understanding important medically important virus its mode of infection, pathogenesis prophylaxis and treatment.
Topic: 1
- General Concepts: Virus history,
- Diversity,
- shapes,
- sizes
- components of genomes.
- Isolation and purification of viruses and components.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 2
- Consequences of virus infection to animals
Consequences of virus infection to human.
- Viral infection: affect on host
macromolecules.
- Viral infection: establishment of the antiviral state.
- Viruses counter attack mechanisms.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 3
- Classification of viruses and nomenclatures.
- Positive strand RNA viruses- Picornaviruses. Flaviviruses
- West Nile virus and Dengue virus.
- Coronaviruses- SARS pathogenesis
- Negative strand RNA viruses Paramyxoviruses. Orthomyxoviruses
- Influenza pathogenesis and Bird flu.
- Rhabdoviruses: Rabies pathogenesis.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 4
- dsRNA viruses-
- Reoviruses: structure, classification,
- Reoviruses: life cycle; reverse
transcription.
- Retroviruses: HIV, viral pathogenesis and AIDS.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 5
- Small DNA viruses: parvo,
- polyomaviruses.
- Large DNA viruses: Herpes,
- adeno-,
- poxviruses.
- Miscellaneous viruses.
- Assignment
- Quiz

- Dr.S.SUDHA: Bavani latha Muthiah
This course aims at understanding important medically important virus its mode of infection, pathogenesis prophylaxis and treatment.
Topic: 1
- General Concepts: Virus history,
- Diversity,
- shapes,
- sizes
- components of genomes.
- Isolation and purification of viruses and components.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 2
- Consequences of virus infection to animals
Consequences of virus infection to human.
- Viral infection: affect on host
macromolecules.
- Viral infection: establishment of the antiviral state.
- Viruses counter attack mechanisms.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 3
- Classification of viruses and nomenclatures.
- Positive strand RNA viruses- Picornaviruses. Flaviviruses
- West Nile virus and Dengue virus.
- Coronaviruses- SARS pathogenesis
- Negative strand RNA viruses Paramyxoviruses. Orthomyxoviruses
- Influenza pathogenesis and Bird flu.
- Rhabdoviruses: Rabies pathogenesis.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 4
- dsRNA viruses-
- Reoviruses: structure, classification,
- Reoviruses: life cycle; reverse
transcription.
- Retroviruses: HIV, viral pathogenesis and AIDS.
- Assignment
- Quiz
Topic: 5
- Small DNA viruses: parvo,
- polyomaviruses.
- Large DNA viruses: Herpes,
- adeno-,
- poxviruses.
- Miscellaneous viruses.
- Assignment
- Quiz

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Saqib Hassan
Unit: 1 – CELLS AND CELLULAR METABOLISM 12 Hrs
Introduction to human anatomy and physiology – Basic elements of life, characteristics and maintenance of life – levels of organisms, structure of matter, chemical constituent of cell – movement through cell membrane, life cycle of cells and control of cell reproduction, metabolic process, control of energy and metabolic reactions, metabolic pathway - nucleic acids and protein synthesis – change in genetic information.
Unit: 2 – TISSUES AND INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM 12 Hrs
Tissues – epithelial, muscular and nervous tissues – integumentary system, types of membranes, skin – accessory organs, disorders, regulations of body temperature – Bone structure, development, function and organization of skeleton – joints, classification, structures and movements – muscle, structure and types, actions and responses.
Unit: 3 – BODY SYSTEMS AND FUNCTIONS 12 Hrs
Blood, circulation and function – lymphatic system-Endocrine system, endocrine glands, structure and function – respiratory system, structure and function – cardiac system, structure and function.
Unit:4 – NERVOUS SYSTEMS AND SENSES 12 Hrs
Nervous tissue, cell membrane potential, classification of neurons and nerve fibres – meninges, spinal cord, brain – peripheral and autonomic nervous system – somatic and special senses, receptors and sensations (smell, taste, hearing, equilibrium and sight).
Unit: 5 – METABOLISM AND NUTRITION 12 Hrs
Digestive system, structure and function – urinary system, kidney and nephron, structure and function – reproductive system – metabolism and nutrition.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of Anatomy & Physiology, 11th Edition, 2011, Martini, Nath, and Bartholomew.
2. Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 12th Edition, 2017, Elaine N. Marieb and Suzanne M. Keller.
- ஆசிரியர்: Beryl Vedha Y
This course provide the general introduction to different types of Immune cells, their function, cross talks and activation mechanism. Also gives over view about the primary and secondary immune organs, B-Cell, T-cell biology and their surface receptor. Immune responses, antigen nature, hypersensitivity, tumor immunology and autoimmune responses are covered in detail.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Jackson Durairaj Selvan Christyraj
- ஆசிரியர்: Johnson Retnaraj Samuel Selvan Christyraj
Thermal Engineering is the study of heating and cooling processes in open and closed environments. As an academic discipline, it involves the science of fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat and mass transfer
COURSE OBJECTIVES
- To make the student understand the overall view of thermal engineering through topics such as Power cycles, IC Engines, Steam nozzles & turbine, air compressors and Refrigeration and Air conditioning.
- This subject enables the students to understand the principle of operation, construction and control of several thermal equipment's which find wide applications in a variety of fields like power generation, automobile industry, process industries, food preservation and human comfort.
- It provides the fundamentals for Power plant Engineering, Automobile Engineering, Turbo machinery and Refrigeration & Air conditioning (R&AC)

Finite element analysis (FEA) is a computerized method for predicting how a product reacts to real-world forces, vibration, heat, fluid flow, and other physical effects. Finite element analysis shows whether a product will break, wear out, or work the way it was designed.
FEA enables you to predict potential design issues and therefore minimize risk to your product, profits, and your business. With FEA you can test the impact of varying conditions (stress, vibration, buckling, fatigue, creep, heat, etc.) on your design.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Understand the capabilities of FEM and its importance in Engineering.
To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.
COURSE OUTCOMES
|
CO1:Understand the Fundamental Theory of Finite Element Method. |
|
CO2: Select and interpret Finite Element analysis results for design and evaluation purposes. |
|
CO3:Solve plain elasticity problem using energy approach |
|
CO4:Solve one dimensional heat transfer problems and two dimensional scalar variable problem using ANSYS. |
|
CO5:Develop a basic understanding of the limitations of the Finite Element method and understand the possible error sources in its use. |
|
CO6:Examine the longitudinal vibration, transverse vibration of beams, Mesh Generation and Errors in the finite element method. |
UNIT 1 1D FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 9 Hrs.
Historical Background -Basic concept of FEM- steps involved in FEA - Variational Formulation of Boundary value problem - Rayleigh Ritz Method - Weighted Residual methods-Finite Element Modeling - Element Equations - Shape functions -Bar, Beam Elements - stepped bar, tapered bar-simple problems
UNIT 2 2D FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 10 Hrs.
Basic Boundary Value Problems in 2 Dimensions - Triangular, quadrilateral, higher order elements - Poisson and Laplace Equations - Weak Formulation - Elements Matrices and Vectors -.Natural Co-ordinate System - Lagrangian Interpolation Polynomials - Iso-parametric Elements - Formulation -Numerical Integration -2D Triangular elements - rectangular elements - Illustrative Examples.
UNIT 3 SOLUTION TO PLANE ELASTICITY PROBLEMS 8 Hrs.
Introduction to Theory of Elasticity - Plane Stress - Plane Strain and Axisymmetric Formulation - Principle of virtual work - Element matrices using energy approach.
UNIT 4 APPLICATIONS IN HEAT TRANSFER & FLUID MECHANICS 9 Hrs.
One dimensional heat transfer element - application to one-dimensional heat transfer problems- scalar variable problems in 2-Dimensions - Applications to heat transfer in 2- Dimension - Application to problems in fluid mechanics in 2-D.
UNIT 5 SPECIAL TOPICS 9 Hrs.
Vibrational problems - equations of motion based on weak form -longitudinal vibration of bars - transverse vibration of beams Mesh Generation-Errors in the finite element method - various measures of errors- accuracy of the solution- Eigen value Problems - h & p elements- Applications of FEM software to solve simple problems, types of solver - a brief.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. J.N Reddy. “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method” , Mc Graw Hill, International Edition, 1993.
2. Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,2007.
3. Segerlind L.J,“Applied Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley, 1984.
4. Rao. S.S, “Finite Element Method in Engineering” , Pergamon Press, 1989.
5. Chandrupatla & Belagundu , “Finite Elements in Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., 1997.
6. Cook, Robert Davis et al, “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis” , Wiley, John & Sons,1999.
7. George R Buchanan, “Schaum’s Outline of Finite Element Analysis”, McGraw Hill Company, 1994.
8. Taylor.C and Hughes.J.B. “Finite Element Programming of the Navier Stoke equation” Pineridge Press Limited, UK 1981

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the basic modes of heat transfer and Compute temperature distribution in steady-state
and unsteady-state heat conduction.
CO2 - Understand and analyze heat transfer through extended surfaces.
CO3 - Interpret and analyse forced and free convection heat transfer.
CO4 - Explore the real time applications of radiation mode of heat transfer.
CO5 - Design heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods.
CO6 - Relate the mass transfer concepts for various industrial applications

- ஆசிரியர்: Anderson A
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF MATERIALS- Crystallography: Basics, Atomic radius and Atomic packing factor of BCC, FCC & HCP, Miller’s indices, Allotropy, Solid solutions and intermetallic compounds. Atomic Diffusion: Laws of diffusion, Factors affecting diffusion. Phase diagrams: Solidification of metals, Phase rules, Construction of phase diagram, Isomorphous diagram, Eutectic diagram showing partial solid solubility, Peritectic system.
UNIT 2 FERROUS AND NON-FERROUS ALLOYS- Ferrous alloys: Cooling curve of pure iron, Fe–Fe3C equilibrium diagram, Critical points in Fe–Fe3C equilibrium diagrams, Classification of ferrous alloys, Influence of alloying elements, Designation systems, Types of steels and cast iron, Typical compositions, properties and applications of ferrous alloys. Non-ferrous alloys: Typical compositions, properties and applications of Aluminium and its alloys, Copper & its alloys, Ti & its alloys, and Nickel & its alloys.
UNIT 3 STRENGTHENING PROCESSES- Heat treatment of steel: TTT diagram and CCT diagram. Heat treatment processes: Annealing, Normalizing, Tempering and Quenching, Jominy quency test for hardenability. Case hardening: Carburizing, Nitriding, Cyaniding, Carbonitriding, Flame hardening and Induction hardening. Others: Dispersion strengthening & Precipitation hardening
UNIT 4 FAILURE OF MATERIALS AND TESTING- Tensile testing: Significance, Universal testing machine, Stress–strain curve for ductile & brittle material, Results. Hardness Testing: Significance, Rockwell harness test, Brinell’s hardness test and Vicker’s hardness test, Results. Impact testing – Significance, Charpy impact test and Izod impact test, Results. Failure of materials: Defects in materials, Deformation mechanisms, Failure mechanisms and influencing factors of ductile and brittle failures, fatigue failure, creep failure and impact failure.
UNIT 5 MATERIAL CHARACTERIZATION AND SELECTION - X-ray diffraction (XRD): Bragg’s law of diffraction, Powder, rotating crystal and Laue methods to determine the crystal
structure. Optical microscopy: Image formation techniques, Construction, Sample preparation and Applications of optical
microscopes. Scanning electron microscopy (SEM): Image formation techniques, Construction, Sample preparation and
Applications of SEM. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM): Image formation techniques, Construction, Sample
preparation and Applications of TEM. Materials selection: Engineering materials and their properties, Materials selection
charts, Material selection strategy, Factors affecting materials selection, Case studies.

- ஆசிரியர்: JAYAPRABAKAR J
- ஆசிரியர்: JINO L
Mechanical engineering plays a dominant role in enhancing safety, economic vitality, enjoyment and overall quality of life throughout the world. Mechanical engineers are concerned with the principles of force, energy and motion. Mechanical engineering is a diverse subject that derives its breadth from the need to design and manufacture everything from small individual parts and devices (e.g. microscale sensors and inkjet printer nozzles) to large systems (e.g. spacecraft and machine tools).
The role of a mechanical engineer is to take a product from an idea to the marketplace. In order to accomplish this, a broad range of skills are needed. Since these skills are required for virtually everything that is made, mechanical engineering is perhaps the broadest and most diverse of engineering disciplines.

- Teacher: ARUNKUMAR G
Thermodynamics is a very important branch of science and engineering that studies the role of heat and its relation to energy and work. This course introduces you to the core concepts of thermodynamics such as the relationship between pressure, volume, and temperature and how changes in one can affect the others. You will also look at examples and solve certain problems in order to help you better understand the concept of thermodynamics.

- ஆசிரியர்: JAYAPRABAKAR J
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Karthikeyan A
- ஆசிரியர்: SENTHILKUMAR G
SMEA1303 FLUID MECHANICS AND FLUID MACHINERY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the fluid properties, flow characteristics and hydrostatic force on surfaces.
To study the equation of motions such as mass, momentum and energy equation and their practical applications.
To understand the functioning and characteristic curves of hydraulic machines.
UNIT 1 FLUID PROPERTIES 9 Hrs.
Fluid Properties: Density-Specific Weight-Specific Gravity-viscosity-surface tension-capillarity-Vapour pressure-compressibility. Fluid Static: Hydrostatic Law-Pressure Variation in static fluid-Hydrostatic force on a submerged plane surfaces-Location of hydrostatic force. Manometers-Simple, U tube and differential Manometers. Buoyancy-Meta centric height-determination of stability of floating bodies and submerged bodies.
UNIT 2 EQUATIONS OF MOTION 9 Hrs.
Types of fluid flow-Concept of Control Volume- Control Volume Analysis of mass, momentum and energy. Differential equation of continuity and momentum - Euler’s and Bernoulli’s Equation and its applications. Flow Measurement: Orifice meter, Venturi meter, Piezometer, Pitot tube.
UNIT 3 FLOW THROUGH ORIFICE, NOTCHES, WEIRS AND PIPES 9 Hrs.
Hydraulic co-efficient-Flow through orifice, Notches and weirs. Laminar and Turbulent flow-Reynolds experiment-laminar flow through circular pipe (Hagen poiseulle’s)-Major and minor losses in pipes-Darcy weisbach’s equation, chezy’s formula-friction factor- moody diagram-pipes in series and pipes in parallel-total energy line-hydraulic gradient line-Equivalent pipe. Concept of Boundary Layer-Types of boundary layer thickness-drag on flat plate.
UNIT 4 PUMPS 9 Hrs.
Centrifugal Pumps: Introduction-Definitions of heads and efficiencies-Operations-work done by the Impeller with Velocity triangles-Performance curves-Cavitations-Multi-staging: Pumps in Series and Parallel. Reciprocating Pumps: Operation–power required driving the pump-Slip-indicator Diagram–Separation-Air vessels.
UNIT 5 TURBINES AND DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS 9 Hrs.
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of hydraulic turbines-Working principle of Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines-velocity triangles-draft tube-hydraulic turbine characteristics. Governing of turbines. Dimensional Analysis: Needs and methods-Buckingham’s π Theorem, Non-Dimensional Numbers, Similarities of flow. Model studies. Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the different properties of fluids and compute the fluid pressure in a pipe & hydrostatic forces acting on different surfaces.
CO2 - Analyze the Bernoulli’s theorem and applies it in engineering application.
CO3 - Evaluate and compare (i) the hydraulic coefficients and (ii) the energy losses in pipes.
CO4 - Explain the principle, working and operating characteristic curves of different types of pumps and estimate the power required.
CO5 - Distinguish the principle, working and operating characteristic curves of different types of turbines and compute the power developed.
CO6 - Understand the methods of dimensional analysis and application in model analysis.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bansal R.K., "Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics Machines", 9th Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2015.
2. Modi P.N., Seth S.M., "Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Including Hydraulic Machines", 21st Edition, Standard Book House, 2017.
3. Goyal, Manish Kumar, "Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines", PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2015.
4. Kumar K.L., "Engineering Fluid Mechanics", 8th Edition, Eurasia Publication House (P) Ltd, 2014.
5. Rajput R.K., "Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics Machines", 4th Edition, S. Chand Limited, 2008.
6. Yunus.A.Cengel, John.M.Cimbala, "Fluid Mechanics Fundamentals and Application", 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013.
7. Robert W. Fox, Alan T. McDonald, Philip J. Pritchard, John W. Mitchell, "Fluid Mechanics", 9th Edition, Wiley India, 2016.
8. Franck M. White, "Fluid Mechanics", 8th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2015.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the aspects of Strength, Stiffness and Stability.
To gain knowledge of different types of stresses, strain and deformation induced in the components due to external loads.
To study the distribution of various stresses in the elements such as beams, shafts etc.
To study the effect of component dimensions and shapes on the stresses and deformations.
UNIT 1 STRESS STRAIN DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS 9 Hrs.
Rigid and Deformable bodies – Strength, Stiffness and Stability – Stresses; Tensile, Compressive and Shear – Deformation of simple and compound bars under axial load – Thermal stresses and strains. Elastic constants – Relation between Elastic constans- Strain energy and unit strain energy – Strain energy in uniaxial loads.
UNIT 2 ANALYSIS OF STRESSES IN TWO DIMENSIONS 9 Hrs.
Principal planes and stresses – Mohr’s circle for biaxial stresses – Maximum shear stress - simple problems- Stresses on inclined planeBiaxial state of stresses – Thin cylindrical and spherical shells – Deformation in thin cylindrical and spherical shells – Efficiency of joint- Effect of Internal Pressure.
UNIT 3 BEAMS - LOADS AND STRESSES 9 Hrs.
Types of beams - Supports and Loads – Shear force and Bending Moment in beams – Cantilever, Simply supported and Overhanging beams – SFD and BMD for inclined loads and couples.Stresses in beams – Theory of simple bending – Stress variation along the length and in the beam section – Effect of shape of beam section on stress induced.
UNIT 4 TORSION 9 Hrs.
Analysis of torsion of circular bars – Shear stress distribution – Bars of Solid and hollow circular section – Stepped shaft – Twist and torsion stiffness – Composite shafts Springs - Laminated springs, axial load and twisting moment acting simultaneously both for open and closed coiled springs– Deflection of helical coil springs under axial loads – stresses in helical coil springs under torsion.
UNIT 5 BEAM DEFLECTION 9 Hrs.
Columns – End conditions – Equivalent length of a column – Euler equation – Slenderness ratio – Rankine Gordon formula for columns. Elastic curve of Neutral axis of the beam under normal loads – Evaluation of beam deflection and slope: Double integration method, Macaulay Method, and Moment-area Method.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the fundamentals of Stress and Elastic Constants.
CO2 - Understand the concept of Principal stresses and thin shells.
CO3 - Create Shear force & Bending moment diagram and Bending stress.
CO4 - Apply the Concept of Torsion for Circular Shafts and Understand the concept of Springs.
CO5 - Understand the theory of Column and Beam deflection.
CO6 - Analyze overall deflection aspects related to Strength, Stiffness and Stability.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bansal R.K., "Strength of Materials", Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., 5th Edition, 2012.
2. Punmia B.C. & Jain A.K., Mechanics of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 2001.
3. Ryder G.H., "Strength of Materials", Macmillan India Ltd., 3rd Edition, 2002.
4. Ray Hulse, Keith Sherwin & Jack Cain, "Solid Mechanics", Palgrave ANE Books, 2004. 5. Allan F. Bower, "Applied Mechanics of Solids", CRC Press, 2009.

- ஆசிரியர்: Madhan Kumar G
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide essential knowledge of construction and working of various types of power plants.
To detail the role of Mechanical Engineers in their operation and maintenance

- ஆசிரியர்: R Siva
Provide the insights of the fundamentals of Mechanisms and Cams.
Understand the basics of Flywheels, Balancing of Rotating and Reciprocating unbalance systems.
Enhance knowledge of Single degree - Free and Damped Vibrations.
Provide the detailed overview of Forced Vibrations.
Discuss the fundamentals of Gyroscopes and Governors.

- ஆசிரியர்: RAM PRAKASH S
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Understand the basic modes of heat transfer and Compute temperature distribution in steady-state and
unsteady-state heat conduction.
CO2 - Understand and analyze heat transfer through extended surfaces.
CO3 - Interpret and analyze forced and free convection heat transfer.
CO4 - Explore the real time applications of radiation mode of heat transfer.
CO5 - Design heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods.
CO6 - Relate the mass transfer concepts for various industrial applications.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. Karthikeyan A
To understand the concept and basic mechanics of metal cutting, working of standard machine tools such as
lathe, shaping and allied machines, milling, drilling and allied machines, grinding and allied machines and
broaching.
To understand the basic concepts of Computer Numerical Control (CNC) of machine tools and CNC
Programming.
- ஆசிரியர்: ARUNKUMAR G
- ஆசிரியர்: Sangeetha M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To discuss the concepts of compressible and Incompressible fluids.
To understand Mach number variation on area ratio.
To impart in depth knowledge on the flow characteristics through constant area duct.
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOW 9 Hrs.
Concept of compressible flow, Energy and momentum equations, various regions of flow, fluid velocity, stagnation state, velocity of sound, critical states, Mach number, critical mach number, Crocco number, types of waves, mach cone, mach angle, effect of mach number on compressibility.
UNIT 2 FLOW THROUGH VARIABLE AREA DUCTS 9 Hrs.
Isentropic flow through variable area duct, T-S and h-s diagrams for nozzle and diffuser flows, area ratio as a function of Mach number, Mass flow rate through nozzles and diffusers, effect of friction in flow through nozzles.
UNIT 3 FANNO FLOW AND RAYLEIGH FLOW 9 Hrs.
Flow in constant area duct with friction - Fanno curves, and Fanno Flow equations, variation of flow properties, variation of Mach number with duct length. Flow in constant area duct with heat transfer, Rayleigh line and Rayleigh flow equations, variation of flow properties, maximum heat transfer.
UNIT 4 NORMAL SHOCK AND OBLIQUE SHOCKS 9 Hrs.
Governing equations, variation of flow parameters, static pressure, static temperature, density, stagnation pressure, entropy across normal shock and oblique shocks. Normal shocks - stationary and moving, applications. Prandtl Meyer equation, impossibility of shock in sub-sonic flows, flow in convergent and divergent nozzles with shock, Flows with oblique shock.
UNIT 5 JET AND SPACE PROPULSION 9 Hrs.
Aircraft propulsion, types and working of jet engines - energy transfer in jet engines, thrust, thrust power, propulsive and overall efficiencies, thrust augmentations in turbo jet engines, ram jet and pulse jet engines. Rocket propulsion, types of rocket engines, Liquid and solid fuel rocket engines, Introduction to Electrical and Nuclear rockets-Space Flights, Orbital and escape velocity.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1 - Recall the fundamental concepts of compressible fluid flow.
CO2 - Demonstrate the significance of mach number on compressibility.
CO3 - Differentiate isothermal flow and isentropic flow.
CO4 - Apply the concept of normal shocks to different turbo machines.
CO5 - Estimate the heat transfer in flow through constant area ducts.
CO6 - Calculate the propulsive power in jet engines.

- ஆசிரியர்: SENTHILKUMAR G
- ஆசிரியர்: VENKATESAN S P
To draw complex geometries of machine components in sketcher mode.
To create complex engineering assemblies using appropriate assembly constraints.
To write programs to generate analytical and synthetic curves used in engineering practice.
To generate freeform shapes in part mode to visualize components.
To develop ‘G’ and ‘M’ codes for turning and milling components and to generate automated tool paths for a
given engineering component.
To generate automated tool paths for a given engineering component.
- ஆசிரியர்: Sangeetha M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the underlying principles of operation of different IC engines and components.To provide knowledge on emission formation, control, alternate fuel etc.

- ஆசிரியர்: Senthilkumar J
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the underlying principles of operation of different IC engines and components.To provide knowledge on emission formation, control, alternate fuel etc.

- ஆசிரியர்: HEMANANDH J
- ஆசிரியர்: JAYAPRABAKAR J
The course is consists of all non-conventional manufacturing processes. It starts with classification of manufacturing processes and necessity of non conventional manufacturing processes. This course dealt with details about the mechanism of material removal, sources of energy used for material removal, working principle, the set up or equipment and relative advantages and disadvantages. It gives a clear cut idea about the processes, its use in specific industrial application etc.

- Teacher: ARUNKUMAR G
- ஆசிரியர்: Kanimozhi B
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To introduce the fundamentals of electric and hybrid vehicle technology
To understand the design and operation of electric and hybrid vehicle powertrains
To evaluate the performance and efficiency of electric and hybrid vehicles
To analyze the environmental impact of electric and hybrid vehicles
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, students will be able to CO1 - Explain the basic principles and technologies used in electric and hybrid vehicles. CO2 - Analyze the design and operation of electric and hybrid vehicle powertrains. CO3 - Evaluate the performance and efficiency of electric and hybrid vehicles. CO4 - Analyze the environmental impact of electric and hybrid vehicles. CO5 - Interpret the role of battery technology in electric and hybrid vehicles.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Huang, Y., & Ji, C. (2021). Advanced control of electric vehicles. Elsevier.
2. Zhu, X., Chen, Y., & Mi, C. (2021). Power electronics for electric vehicles: technology and design.
Springer.
3. Zhang, J., Liu, C., & Tang, T. (2018). Powertrain and Energy System Optimization for Hybrid
Vehicles. Springer.
4. Adachi, T., Kikuchi, K., & Kawamura, T. (2018). Electric Vehicles - Modelling and Simulations.
InTechOpen.
5. Li, J., Lu, X., & Yu, W. (2020). Battery Management System for Electric Vehicles: Theory and
Applications. Springer.

- ஆசிரியர்: Bupesh Raja V.K
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS AND EXPERT SYSTEMS - SMEA3012
- ஆசிரியர்: V SIVAPRAKASH
- ஆசிரியர்: Jayaprakash Venugopal
The goal of this course is to impart information on many aspects and features of engineering system safety, with a focus on the tools, techniques, and approaches required to prevent unsafe operations and incidents in various industrial contexts.

- ஆசிரியர்: Kanimozhi B
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. ANISH M
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide strong understanding of geometric modelling techniques used for creating the CAD models.
To make the awareness about the computer applications to the manufacturing and factory operations.
To offer the fundamental knowledge of the numerical methods to perform the design analysis.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to:
CO1 - Interpret how the geometric modelling techniques are applied to make the product designs.
CO2 - Create the CAD models using sketch tools, design features, assembly, and drawing annotations in a CAD package.
CO3 - Explain how the computer packages are employed in the direct and/or indirect manufacturing applications.
CO4 - Make a mechanical component using CNC machine/ 3D printer.
CO5 - Determine the nodal solutions to the one-dimensional element finite element problems.
CO6 - Perform the structural analyses of the stated 1D, 2D and 3D structural problems from solid mechanics.
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT 1 CAD FUNDAMENTALS 6 Hrs.Computer graphics fundamentals, geometric transformation, viewing transformation, line generating algorithms, and hidden line removal algorithms.
UNIT 2 GEOMETRIC MODELING 6 Hrs.
Wireframe modelling: analytical curves and synthetic curves. Surface modelling: analytical surfaces and synthetic surfaces. Solid modelling: constructive solid geometry (CSG), boundary representation, parametric modelling. Assembly modelling.
UNIT 3 CAM APPLICATIONS IN FACTORY OPERATIONS 6 Hrs.
Indirect computer applications: Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP), Computer aided quality testing, Computer aided process monitoring, Computer integrated production system (CIPS), Enterprise resource planning (ERP).
UNIT 4 CNC PROGRAMMING 6 Hrs.
NC, DNC and CNC machine tools, rapid prototyping. NC Programming: point to point and continuous path machining approaches, G Codes, M Codes, Canned cycles, Manual NC programming for turning and milling operations.
UNIT 5 COMPUTER AIDED ANALYSIS FUNDAMENTALS 6 Hrs.
General form of finite element equation, Numerical solutions to one-dimensional problems from solid mechanics. Steps in finite element analysis.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 30 Hrs.
Activity 1: 2D Sketching using a CAD package.
Activity 2: 3D Part modelling using a CAD package.
Activity 3: 3D Assembly modelling using a CAD package.
Activity 4: Drawing a sheet with different model views, annotations and dimensions using a CAD package.
Activity 5: Apply rendering effects to the models using a CAD package.
Activity 6: NC Turning using an NC simulation software.
Activity 7: NC Machining using an NC simulation software.
Activity 8: Make a component using a CNC turning centre.
Activity 9: Make a component using a CNC machining centre.
Activity 10: Make a prototype using a 3D printing.
Activity 11: Structural analysis of one-dimensional element (bar) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 12: Structural analysis of one-dimensional element (beam) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 13: Structural analysis of one-dimensional element (truss) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 14: Structural analysis of two-dimensional element (plate) problems using an FEA package.
Activity 15: Structural analysis of three-dimensional element (solid component) problems using an FEA package.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Zhuming Bi and Xiaoqin Wang, "Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing", Wiley, 2020.2. Ibrahim Zeid and R. Sivasubramanian, "CAD/CAM: Theory and Practice: Special Indian Edition", 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2009, 828 Pages.
3. Sudip S. Bhattacharjee, "Finite Element Analysis of Solids and Structures", CRC Press, 2021.
4. Kuang-Hua Chang, "E-Design: Computer-Aided Engineering Design", Elsevier Science, 2016.
5. Donald D. Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, "Computer Graphics, C Version", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2014, 660 pages.
6. Pawan Negi, Mangey Ram, Om Prakash Yadav, "Basics of CNC Programming", River Publishers, 2022.

- ஆசிரியர்: JEYA JEEVAHAN J
A flexible manufacturing system (FMS) is a manufacturing system in which there is some amount of flexibility that allows the system to react in case of changes, whether predicted or unpredicted.
This flexibility is generally considered to fall into two categories, which both contain numerous subcategories.The first category is called as Routing Flexibility which covers the system's ability to be changed to produce new product types, and ability to change the order of operations executed on a part.The second category is called Machine Flexibility which consists of the ability to use multiple machines to perform the same operation on a part, as well as the system's ability to absorb large-scale changes, such as in volume, capacity, or capability.
Most FMS consist of three main systems:
- The "Work Machines" which are often automated "CNC machines" are connected by
- By a "Material handling" system to optimize parts flow and
- The "Central Control Computer" which controls material movements and machine flow.
The main advantages of an FMS is its high flexibility in managing manufacturing resources like time and effort in order to manufacture a new product.
The best application of an FMS is found in the production of small sets of products like those from a mass production.

- Course Coordinator: ARUNKUMAR G
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Ø To understand and develop knowledge on the various flexible manufacturing systems and its applications.
Ø To get introduced to the simulation process and FMS database.
Ø To explore the future prospects of AI and Expert systems in FMS.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION
FMS– development of manufacturing systems – benefits – major elements – types of flexibility-part selection problems– FMS application and flexibility –single product, single batch, N – batch scheduling problem – knowledge based scheduling system.
UNIT 2 COMPUTER CONTROL AND SOFTWARE FOR FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
Introduction – composition of FMS– hierarchy of computer control –computer control of work center and assembly lines – FMS supervisory computer control – types of software specification and selection – Object oriented control architecturetrends.
UNIT 3 FMS SIMULATION AND DATA BASE
Application of simulation–model of FMS–simulation software – limitation – manufacturing data systems–data flow–FMS database systems–planning for FMS database- predictive control algorithms for on line scheduling of FMS.
UNIT 4 GROUP TECHNOLOGY AND JUSTIFICATION OF FMS
Introduction – matrix formulation – mathematical programming formulation –graph formulation – knowledge based system for group technology – economic justification of FMS- application of possibility distributions in FMS systems justification- Measuring flexibility and performance of FMS.
UNIT 5 APPLICATIONS OF FMS AND FACTORY OF THE FUTURE
FMS application in machining, sheet metal fabrication, prismatic component production – aerospace application – Case
studies. FMS development towards factories of the future – artificial intelligence and expert systems in FMS – design philosophy and characteristics for future.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Identify the need and role of Flexible Manufacturing System in Industry.
CO2 - Assess the concepts and linkage of software in FMS.
CO3 - Demonstrate the simulation process involved and its data flow.
CO4 - Justify the importance of FMS and its importance in group technology.
CO5 - Compare and categorise the level of FMS needed in an manufacturing industry.
CO6 - Appreciate and explore the penetration of AI in FMS.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1 Jha, N.K. “Handbook of flexible manufacturing systems”, Academic Press Inc., 2012.
2 Radhakrishnan P. and Subramanyan S., “CAD/CAM/CIM”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Age International Ltd., 2010.
3 Raouf, A. and Ben-Daya, M., Editors, “Flexible manufacturing systems: recent development”, Elsevier Science, 2015.
4 Jan Beier, “Simulation approach towards energy flexible manufacturing systems”, Springer Publications, 2017.
5 H.K. Shivanand, “Flexible Manufacturing System”, New Age International Publishers, 2011.
6 Taiichi Ohno, “Toyota production system: beyond large-scale production”, Productivity Press (India) Pvt. Ltd. 2013.
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A: 10 Questions of 2 marks each-No choice 20 Marks
PART B: 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks

- ஆசிரியர்: RAM PRAKASH S
COURSE OUTCOME
CO1: Describe the architecture of the 8085 microprocessor.
CO2: Analyse assembly language programs for 8085, incorporating various addressing modes and instruction sets.
CO3: Explain the architecture and features of the 8051 microcontroller, including memory structure, timers, interrupts, and instruction sets.
CO4: Compare and contrast ARM Cortex and OMAP processors with traditional microprocessors and microcontrollers in terms of architecture and application suitability
CO5: Design and simulate applications using 8085/8051/ARM processors for controlling hardware CO6. Develop Embedded C programs to interface peripherals and implement real-time control logic communication protocols.

- ஆசிரியர்: Aranganathan A
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. G D Anbarasi Jebaselvi
- ஆசிரியர்: EBENEZAR JEBARANI M R
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.R Narmadha
- ஆசிரியர்: Vijaya Baskar V
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To learn fundamental concepts of Stress, Strain and deformation of solids with applications.
2. To know the method of finding slope and deflection of beams. ÿ To understand the effect of torsion on shafts.
3. To understand the basic properties of the fluid, fluid kinematics, fluid dynamics and to analyse and appreciate the complexities involved in solving the fluid flow problems.
4. To develop understanding about hydrostatic law, principle of buoyancy and stability of a floating body and application of mass, momentum and energy equation in fluid flow.
5. To understand bioelectric amplifiers.
UNIT 1 STRESS STRAIN AND DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS, STATES OF STRESS 9 Hrs.
Rigid bodies and deformable solids - stability, strength, stiffness - tension, compression and shear stresses - strain, elasticity, Hooke’s law, limit of proportionately, modules of elasticity, stress-strain curve, lateral strain - temperature stresses deformation of simple and compound bars - shear modulus, bulk modulus, relationship between elastic constants - bi axial state of stress - stress at a point - stress on inclined plane - principal stresses and principal planes - Mohr’s circle of stresses.
UNIT 2 BENDING MOMENT IN BEAMS AND TORSION OF SHAFTS 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Types of beams, loads and reactions, Shear force and bending moment in beams – Cantilevers – Simply supported beams. Numerical on Shear force and bending moment diagrams for Cantilevers – Simply supported beams subjected to various loading condition-SFD and BMD for uniformly Distributed load (UDL) and Point load. TorsionIntroduction, assumptions, derivation of torsional equations, torsional rigidity/stiffness of shafts. Power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shafts.
UNIT 3 FLUID PROPERTIES 9 Hrs.
Fluid Properties: Density - Specific Weight - Specific Gravity - Viscosity - Surface tension - Capillarity - compressibility. Fluid Statics: Hydrostatic Law - Pressure Variation in static fluid - Hydrostatic force on a submerged plane surface - Location of hydrostatic force. Manometers - Simple U tube and differential manometers - Buoyancy - Meta-centric height - determination of stability of floating bodies and submerged bodies.
UNIT 4 EQUATIONS OF MOTION 9 Hrs.
Basic equations of motion: Types of fluid flow-Concept of Control Volume- Control Volume Analysis of mass, momentum and energy. Differential equation of continuity and momentum - Euler’s and Bernoulli’s Equation and its applications. Flow Measurement: Orifice meter, Venturi meter, Piezometer.
UNIT 5 FLUID DYNAMICS AND FLOW THROUGH PIPES 9 Hrs.
Flow through orifices: Classification - Hydraulic co-efficient - Flow through rectangular orifice, Notches and weirs. Laminar and Turbulent flow: Reynolds experiment - Major and minor losses in pipes - Darcy Weisbach’s equation, Chezy’s formula - pipes in series and pipes in parallel - total energy line - hydraulic gradient line - Equivalent pipe.
Max. 45 Hrs.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1 - Analyze the state of stress and strain at any point in a member.
CO2 - Identify, formulate, and solve structural engineering problems.
CO3 - Calibrate flow discharge measuring device used in pipes channels and tanks.
CO4 - Apply Hagen Poisueille’s equation to solve numerical Problems.
CO5 - Characterize laminar and turbulent flows.
CO6 - Interpret different pipe fittings and evaluate the fluid velocity considering major and minor losses.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rajput.R.K. “Strength of Materials” 4th Edition, S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2002.
2. Khurmi, R.S, “Strength of Materials“, 23rd Edition, S.Chand & Co., 2008.
3. Bansal.R.K., “Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulics Machines”, 9th Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2005.
4. Kumar K. L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, 8th Edition, Eurasia Publication, 2009.

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. ANISH M
To provide the fundamentals, components and industrial applications of automation.
To provide the automation facilities offered by automation in machine tools, manufacturing and materials handling.
To provide basic knowledge of the modern automation systems.

- ஆசிரியர்: Sangeetha M
This course enable the students
- To understand the basic concepts of thermodynamics
- To understand the air standard cycles and working principles of four stroke and two stroke engines
- To familiarize with the types of air compressors and their working principle
- To understand the working principles of refrigeration and air conditioning systems

- ஆசிரியர்: Kanimozhi B
- ஆசிரியர்: SENTHILKUMAR G
In this course we would be recollecting basic concepts in number theory and their applications in solving real life problems. We would also learn about the prime numbers, factors of a number, sum of factors of a number and apply them to derive interesting characteristics of numbers.

- ஆசிரியர்: FRANKLIN THAMIL SELVI M S
At the end of the course Students will be able to form and solve the nth degree algebraic equations. Using the concept relation between roots and coefficients of equations the student will be able to find the roots of the equation. Reciprocal equations can be solved using the newton’s method. The student will be able to find rank and inverse of a matrix by elementary transformation. Students get a clear idea on finding the characteristic equation and roots of the characteristic equation of a given matrices. Cayley Hamilton theorem gives him a clear idea to find the inverse and higher powers of the given matrix. Student can solve the system of equations using matrix methods

- ஆசிரியர்: KAVITHA C
- ஆசிரியர்: MARY METILDA M I
- ஆசிரியர்: Subhashini N
The ability to identify, reflect upon, evaluate and apply different types of information and knowledge to form independent judgements. Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of learning this subject.
- ஆசிரியர்: PRASANNA JEYANTHI M
Statistics is a branch of Mathematics, that deals with the collection, analysis, interpretation, and the presentation of the numerical data.
Statistical inference is the process to draw conclusions about a process by using data analysis.

- ஆசிரியர்: KALAIMATHI M
- ஆசிரியர்: NIRMALA M
Dear Learners,
As we are aware that many real life problems could be modelled into a differential equation, this course helps you to explore various methods of solving the differential equations and the characteristic properties of such solutions. At the end of the course one would gain
Expertise in applying various methods to obtain non-trivial solutions to second order linear complete and reduced differential equations.
Learner would be able to understand nature, Qualitative properties and Essential characterization of the solution of reduced second order linear differential equation by direct analysis of its equation. Learn the procedure to obtaining power series solution to first and second order ordinary differential equation.
A learner would gain proficiency in solving Gauss Hyper geometric equation, homogeneous differential equation for large values of the independent variable. Familiarize some special functions of Mathematical Physics and their properties. Acquaintance to system to first order linear differential equation, solution to homogeneous linear system with constant coefficients, Isoperimetric problems and method of successive approximation.

- ஆசிரியர்: VELANKANNI A
- ஆசிரியர்: RAHIM K.H.
- ஆசிரியர்: LEEMA NIVETHINI R
- ஆசிரியர்: Cynthiya Margaret Indirani S
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
• To understand how human behavior is influenced by social factors.
• To explore the psychological aspects of various social phenomena.
Unit I: Social Perception and Social Cognition (15 hours)
Nonverbal Communication- Facial Expressions of Emotion - The Covariation Model - The Fundamental Attribution Error - Self-Serving Attributions -The Bias Blind Spot- Confirmation bias. Social Cognition: Low-Effort Thinking - Types of Automatic Thinking- High-Effort Thinking - Errors in Social Cognition
Unit II: Social Influence (15 hours)
Conformity - Informational Social Influence - Normative Social Influence - Conformity and Social Approval - The Asch Line-Judgment Studies - Milgram’s Obedience Studies - Social Facilitation - Social Loafing - Group Polarization
Unit III: Attitudes (15 hours)
Attitude formation: How attitudes develop -Affective and Cognitive Bases of Attitudes - When and why do attitudes influence behavior - attitudes guide behavior - Change in attitudes toward the environment - The fine art of persuasion: Elements of persuasion - Resisting persuasion attempts - Cognitive dissonance - managing cognitive dissonance.
Unit IV: Prosocial Behavior (15 hours)
Positive Social Relations- Prosocial behavior: Basic Motives Underlying Prosocial Behavior: Personal Qualities and Prosocial Behavior Situational Determinants of Prosocial Behavior: – Helping influences – factors that increase and decrease Pro-social behaviour- Crowdfunding
Unit V: Stereotype, Prejudice and Discrimination (15 hours)
Stereotype: How members of different groups perceive inequality - The nature and origins of stereotyping - Prejudice and discrimination - Frustration and Aggression: The Scapegoat Theory - Social Identity Theory- The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy - Feelings and actions toward social groups - Why prejudice is not inevitable: Techniques for countering its effects.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Students will understand and apply theories and findings in social psychology.
2. Students will analyse the different methodologies in social psychology and their importance.
3. Students will evaluate and critique research in social psychology.
4. Students will create knowledge of social psychology with their own life experience.
5. Students will apply the knowledge of the psychological causes and consequences, towards the cure, for prejudice.
6. Students will remember the psychological aspects of various social phenomena.
References:
1. Baron, R. A., & Byrne, D. (2003). Social Psychology, 10th ed. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
2. Aronson, E., Wilson, T. D., & Akert, R. M. (2013). Social psychology.9th edition. Prentice Hall/Pearson Education.
3. Myers, D. G. (2002). Social Psychology, 7th ed. Int. Education: Mc Graw Hill.
4. Chaube, S. P., &Chaube, A. (2007). Ground Work for Social Psychology. New Delhi: Neelkamal.
5. Lindgren, Henry. C. (1973) An introduction to Social Psychology, John Wiley & Sons.
6. Kloos, B., Hill, j., Thomas, E., Wandersman, Elias, M. J., & Dalton, J.H. (2012). Community psychology: Linking individuals and communities. Wadsworth, Cengage.
7. Schneider, F.W., Gruman, A., Coults, L .M. (Eds.). (2012). Applied social psychology: Understanding and addressing social and practical problems. New Delhi: Sage publications.
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable students to develop cognizance of the importance of human behavior.
To provide insight on individual and group behavior.
To familiarize with organizational culture, change and development processes.

- ஆசிரியர்: Princy A.S
Course Objectives● To introduce the student to British poetry
● To immense drama from the age of Chaucer to Milton.
● To comprehend the development of trends in British drama and poetry. .
● To understand the theme, structure and style in British poetry, drama.
- ஆசிரியர்: LIZY BOSCO
- ஆசிரியர்: MRITTIKA MAITRA
- ஆசிரியர்: EMALDA ROSLIN S
- ஆசிரியர்: VISHALI S
- ஆசிரியர்: MISHA T.P
Introduce the students to basic principles, theories and practices in ELT.
Enable students to identify changes that took place over a period of time in the area.
Analyze the teaching approaches and methods. Recall basic approaches for teaching language with four skills.

- ஆசிரியர்: LIZY BOSCO
- ஆசிரியர்: Soumya Susan John
- ஆசிரியர்: EMALDA ROSLIN S
- ஆசிரியர்: MISHA T.P
Statistics is a branch of Mathematics, that deals with the collection, analysis, interpretation, and the presentation of the numerical data.
Statistical inference is the process to draw conclusions about a process by using data analysis.

- ஆசிரியர்: Andrew Michael A
- ஆசிரியர்: KALAIMATHI M
- ஆசிரியர்: NISHA R
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
Unit 1: PROPERTIES OF MATTER
Unit 2: HEAT
Unit 3: ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
Unit 4: SOUND AND ACOUSTICS OF BUILDING
Unit 5: GEOMETRICAL OPTICS AND PHYSICAL OPTICS
Course outcome:
CO1: Gain a basic knowledge of characterization of materials.
CO2: Explain statistical physics and thermodynamics as logical consequences of the postulates of statistical mechanics
CO3: Identify the Interaction of EM waves with matter in microscopic view given more values than previous.
CO4: Outline the importance of Acoustics and properties of sound in the modern society
CO5: Apply the principles and techniques of optics and defects in the selected problems.

- ஆசிரியர்: VIJAI ANAND K
Course Name : Mechanics
Course Code: SPH1112
It consists five units.
Unit I : Dynamics
Unit II: statics and Hydrostatics
Unit III: Frame of Reference
Unit IV: Special Theory of Relativity
Unit V: Oscillations

- ஆசிரியர்: Manjula M
The course is aimed
To acquire working knowledge of thermometry and calorimetry.
To acquire working knowledge of the zero-th, first and second law of thermodynamics.
To acquire basic understanding of liquid and solid cryogens working principle and their functionality
To understand conduction ,radiation and various law s such as Wien’s law, Planck’s law Rayleigh-Jean’s law
To link thermodynamics to the micro description used in Statistical Mechanics.

- ஆசிரியர்: Helen Merina Albert
Course Outcomes
CO1: Understand the physical significance of Maxwell’s equations and hence estimate the speed of light.
CO2: Explain the basics and applications of LASER.
CO3: Explain the propagation mechanism of light through optical fiber.
CO4: Derive the relation between Numerical Aperture and Refractive indices.
CO5: Classify the types of optical fibers and attenuation mechanisms.

- ஆசிரியர்: VIJAI ANAND K
- ஆசிரியர்: Ravichandran S
Course Objective:
➢ To enable students to understand the description of equations of motion of a system (using Lagrangian,
Hamiltonian mechanics and finally canonical transformation).
Course Outcomes:
Having successfully completed this course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
CO1: Derivation of Lagrange equation from D’Alembert principle
CO2: Apply the Lagrange equation to study the motion under central force problems
CO3: Apply the Lagrange equation to study the motion of rigid bodies.
CO4: Derivation of Hamilton equation of motion and apply the same for systems such as relativistic particles
and light rays.
CO5: Use of canonical transformation to find the constants of motion according to Hamilton-Jacobi theory

- ஆசிரியர்: VIJAI ANAND K
- ஆசிரியர்: Ravichandran S
COURSE OBJECTIVES
➢ To introduce the basic concepts of quantum mechanics.
➢ To realize the electronic structure of various materials via the band theory.
➢ To appreciate the role of quantum physics in the design and development of novel sensor devices.
➢ To understand the heat transfer mechanism in solids and fluids.

- ஆசிரியர்: Anita Lett J
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
Ø To acquire basic understanding of laboratory techniques.
Ø To educate the basics of instrumentation, data acquisition and interpretation of results.
Ø To educate and motivate the students in the field of science.
Ø To allow the students to have a deep knowledge of fundamentals of optics.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of Young’s Modulus- Uniform bending Method.
2. Determination of Young’s Modulus- Non Uniform bending Method.
3. Determination of Rigidity Modulus of a wire – Torsional pendulum.
4. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lee’s disc method.
5. Calibration of Voltmeter using potentiometer.
6. Calibration of Ammeter using potentiometer.
7. Determination of magnetic susceptibility using Quincke’s Method.
8. Determination of dispersive power of a prism using spectrometer.
9. Determination of Cauchy’s constant using spectrometer.
10. Determination of co-efficient of viscosity of a liquid by stokes method.
TEXT BOOKS
1. C.H. Bernard and C.D. Epp, John, Laboratory Experiments in College Physics
Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1995.
2. M.N. Srinivasan, A Textbook of Practical Physics, Sultan Chand & Sons, 1994.
REFERENCES
1. G. L. Squires, Practical Physics, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
2. Geeta Sanon, B. Sc., Practical Physics, 1stEdition, S. Chand & Co, 2007.
3. Benenson, Walter, and Horst Stöcker, Handbook of Physics, Springer, 2002.
4. Chattopadhyay, Rakshit and Saha, An Advanced Course in Practical Physics, 8th
Edition, Books & Allied Ltd., 2007.
5. Indu Prakash and Ramakrishna, A Text Book of Practical Physics, 11th Edition, Kitab Mahal, 2011.
- S. MURUGESAN: Murugesan S
To study the thermal properties of materials by different methods.
To explain of the properties of macroscopic system.
Providing definitions of thermodynamic quantities and derivations of the laws of thermodynamics from the laws of quantum mechanics.

- ஆசிரியர்: Murugesan S
COURSE OBJECTIVE
- To study the various types of communication techniques and their analysis based on Fourier transform and to provide fundamental knowledge of pulse modulation techniques and their types.
UNIT 1 SIGNAL ANALYSIS
Fourier transform of gate functions, delta functions at the origin – Two delta function and periodic delta function – properties of Fourier transform – Frequency shifting – Time shifting – Convolution theorem – Frequency convolution theorem – Sampling theorem.
UNIT 2 PULSE MODULATION AND COMMUNICATION
Pulse amplitude modulation – Natural sampling -Instantaneous sampling Transmission of PAM signals – Pulse width modulation – Time division multiplexing and frequency division multiplexing – Band width requirements for PAM signals – Pulse code modulation – Principles of PCU – Quantizing noise – Generation and demodulation of PCM – Effects of noise – Advantages and application of PCM – Differential PCM (DPCM) – Delta modulation.
UNIT 3 BROAD BAND COMMUNICATION
Coaxial cable circuit -Parallel wire line circuit – Computer communication – Digital data communication – Modems – Microwave communication links – LOS links – Tropospheric scatter microwave links – Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN) – Architecture – Broadband ISDN – Local Area Network (LAN) – LAN topologies – Private Branch Exchange (PBX).
UNIT 4 SATELLITE COMMUNICATION
Introduction – Communication satellite systems – Transmitting and receiving earth station – Satellite orbits – Satellite frequency bands – Satellite multiple access formats – FDMA – CDMA – Satellite channel, Power flow – Polarization antenna gain – Parabolic dish antenna – Power loss – Rainfall effect – Receiver noise –satellite system power budget: EIRP, received power Carrier to noise ratio, G/T ratio. – Satellite link analysis – Up link – Down link – Cross link – Direct Home TV broadcasting – Satellite transponders.
UNIT 5 RADAR SYSTEMS AND OPTICAL FIBER
Introduction, Basic Radar systems, Radar systems – Radar range – Pulsed radar system – A Scope – Plan Position Indicator (PPI) – Search Radar – Tracking Radar – Moving Target Indicator (MTI) – Doppler Effect – MTI principle – Digital MTI – Radar Beacons. Optical Fiber: Introduction to light, optical fiber and fiber cables, optical fiber characteristics and classification, losses, Fiber optic components and systems, Installation, testing and repair.
Course Outcomes:
By the end of this course students will be able to
CO1: Design, operation, and troubleshoot of electronic systems
CO2: Solve electronic devices and systems using mathematical concepts.
CO3: Analyze electronics devices and circuits using computer simulations.
CO4: Analyze components associated with digital and analog electronic/communication systems.
CO5: Analyze basic wireless and communication circuits using computer simulations

- ஆசிரியர்: JOANY R M
Course Objectives:
Ø The aim and objective of the course on Radiation Physics is to expose the students of M.Sc. class to the relatively advanced topics Radiation Physics and nuclear reactions.
Ø They understand the details of the underlying aspects and can use the techniques if they decide to be radiation or nuclear physicists in their career.
UNIT 1 INTERACTION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATIONS WITH MATTER 12 Hrs.
Different photon interaction processes viz. photoelectric effect, Compton scattering and pair production. Minor interaction processes, Energy and Z dependence of partial photon interaction processes. Attenuation coefficients, Broad and narrow beam geometries. Multiple scattering.
UNIT 2 INTERACTION OF CHARGED PARTICLES WITH MATTER 12 Hrs.
Elastic and inelastic collisions with electrons and atomic nucleus. Energy loss of heavy charged particles. Range-energy relationships, Straggling. Radiative collisions of electrons with atomic nucleus.
UNIT 3 NUCLEAR DETECTORS AND SPECTROSCOPY 12 Hrs.
General characteristics of detectors, Gas filled detectors, Organic and inorganic scintillation detectors, Semi-conductor detectors [Si(Li), Ge(Li) HPGe]. Room temperature detectors, Gamma ray spectrometers. Gamma ray spectrometry with NaI(Tl) scintillation and semiconductor detectors.
UNIT 4 NUCLEAR SPECTROMETRY AND APPLICATIONS 12 Hrs.
Analysis of nuclear spectrometric data, Measurements of nuclear energy levels, spins, parities, moments, internal conversion coefficients, Angular correlation, Perturbed angular correlation, Measurement of g-factors and hyperfine fields.
UNIT 5 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES 12 Hrs.
Principle, instrumentation and spectrum analysis of XRF, PIXE and neutron activation analysis (NAA) techniques. Theory, instrumentation and applications of electron spin resonance spectroscopy (ESR). Experimental techniques and applications of Mossbauer Effect, Rutherford backscattering. Applications of elemental analysis, Diagnostic nuclear medicine, Therapeutic nuclear medicine.
Max. 60 Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand various modes of interaction of electromagnetic radiations and charged particles with matter.
CO2: Distinguish various types of radiations based on their interaction with matter.
CO3: Learn and understand about different detectors and their use for spectroscopy.
CO4: Use different analytical technique such as XRF, PIXE, neutron activation analysis and electron spin resonance spectroscopy.
CO5: Understand various analysis techniques and way to apply the materials in suitable manner
TEXT/REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. The Atomic Nucleus: R.D. Evans, Tata Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi.
2. Nuclear Radiation Detectors: S. S. Kapoor and V. S. Ramamurthy, New Age, International, New Delhi.
3. Radiation Detection and Measurements: G. F. Knoll, Wiley & Sons, New Delhi.
4. Introductory Nuclear Physics: K. S. Krane, Wiley & Sons, New Delhi.
5. An Introduction to X-ray Spectrometry: Ron Jenkin, Wiley.
6. Techniques for Nuclear and Particle Physics Experiments: W. R. Leo, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
7. Introduction to experimental Nuclear Physics: R.M. Singru, Wiley & Sons, New Delhi
- ஆசிரியர்: Helen Merina Albert
- ஆசிரியர்: Murugesan S
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. GOWTHAMARAJU SHANMUGAM
Course Description for SPHB1104 – Physics
This course introduces engineering students to the fundamental principles of applied physics necessary for understanding materials, devices, and modern technologies. The curriculum covers:
-
Properties of Matter: Elasticity, stress–strain relations, bending of beams, and torsional oscillations.
-
Crystal Physics: Crystal systems, Bravais lattices, Miller indices, packing factors, and crystal growth techniques.
-
Semiconductors & Magnetism: Band theory, p–n junction devices, breakdown mechanisms, and classification of magnetic materials.
-
Quantum Mechanics: Wave–particle duality, Schrödinger’s equation, uncertainty principle, and applications like tunneling and STM.
-
Lasers & Applications: Principles of laser action, diode lasers, quantum cascade lasers, and applications in engineering and medicine.
The associated Physics Laboratory enables hands-on experience in optics, semiconductors, elasticity, fiber optics, and modern physics experiments. Students will gain skills in measurement, data analysis, and application of physical principles to engineering systems.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
-
Analyze the elastic properties of solids and determine material constants experimentally.
-
Interpret crystal structures, planes, and defects.
-
Explain semiconductor physics and magnetic materials with device-level applications.
-
Solve fundamental quantum mechanics problems and apply concepts to nanoscale systems.
-
Understand laser principles and evaluate their engineering/medical applications.

- ஆசிரியர்: Anita Lett J
- ஆசிரியர்: Murugesan S
Course Description for SPHB1104 – Physics
This course introduces engineering students to the fundamental principles of applied physics necessary for understanding materials, devices, and modern technologies. The curriculum covers:
-
Properties of Matter: Elasticity, stress–strain relations, bending of beams, and torsional oscillations.
-
Crystal Physics: Crystal systems, Bravais lattices, Miller indices, packing factors, and crystal growth techniques.
-
Semiconductors & Magnetism: Band theory, p–n junction devices, breakdown mechanisms, and classification of magnetic materials.
-
Quantum Mechanics: Wave–particle duality, Schrödinger’s equation, uncertainty principle, and applications like tunneling and STM.
-
Lasers & Applications: Principles of laser action, diode lasers, quantum cascade lasers, and applications in engineering and medicine.
The associated Physics Laboratory enables hands-on experience in optics, semiconductors, elasticity, fiber optics, and modern physics experiments. Students will gain skills in measurement, data analysis, and application of physical principles to engineering systems.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
-
Analyze the elastic properties of solids and determine material constants experimentally.
-
Interpret crystal structures, planes, and defects.
-
Explain semiconductor physics and magnetic materials with device-level applications.
-
Solve fundamental quantum mechanics problems and apply concepts to nanoscale systems.
-
Understand laser principles and evaluate their engineering/medical applications.

- ஆசிரியர்: Lavanya J
To derive equations for current charges and its applications.
To know about the basic concepts of magnetism and basic laws.
To learn the properties of various circuits are going to be analysed.
To evaluate magnetic concepts and magnetic circuits

- ஆசிரியர்: Jayalakshmi D.S
The purpose of research is to discover answers to questions through the application of scientific
procedures. The main aim of research is to find out the truth which is hidden and which has not been
discovered as yet. Though each research study has its own specific purpose, we may think of
research objectives as falling into a number of following broad groupings:
1. To gain familiarity with a phenomenon or to achieve new insights into it (studies with this
object in view are termed as exploratory or formulative research studies);
2. To portray accurately the characteristics of a particular individual, situation or a group
(studies with this object in view are known as descriptive research studies);
3. To determine the frequency with which something occurs or with which it is associated
with something else (studies with this object in view are known as diagnostic research
studies);
4. To test a hypothesis of a causal relationship between variables

- ஆசிரியர்: PARASURAMAN K
The course is consists of all non-conventional manufacturing processes. It starts with classification of manufacturing processes and necessity of non conventional manufacturing processes. This course dealt with details about the mechanism of material removal, sources of energy used for material removal, working principle, the set up or equipment and relative advantages and disadvantages. It gives a clear cut idea about the processes, its use in specific industrial application etc.
- Teacher: ARUNKUMAR G
|
SPYS 1601 |
Core Theory 10 – Counseling and Psychotherapy |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
4 |
1 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
· To get acquainted with nature, process, theories and techniques of counseling, guidance and psychotherapy and its application in therapeutic settings.
· To reflect on rehabilitation aspects.
Unit I–Introduction to Psychotherapy (15 hours)
Main features –Objectives of Psychotherapy – Therapeutic process – Therapist qualities- Effectiveness of Psychotherapy – Ethical issues in research and practice. Evidence-based psychotherapies.
Unit II - Psychodynamic therapies(15 hours)
Traditional psychoanalysis: Freud; free association; psychodynamic therapy: theoretical ground.Therapeutic factors: resistance, transference and counter transference, defense mechanisms. Adlerian therapy; Jungian therapy, Contemporary psychoanalytic therapies.Interpretation of dreams.Indian psyche
Unit III–Cognitive-Behavior therapies(15 hours)
Cognitive therapy: Basic principles, theoretical background, history and development. Cognitive conceptualization. Behavior therapy: Basic principles, theoretical background, history and development. Techniques of classical conditioning,operant conditioning.
Unit IV –Humanistic existential therapies(15 hours)
Humanistic therapy: client- centered therapy; meaning of existence and purpose in life, self-actualization, self-psychology. Existential therapy, logo therapy; Gestalt therapy, Group therapy.Humane approach.Spirituality
Unit V –Other forms of Psychotherapy(15 hours)
Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy: Ellis. Couple therapy, marital and family therapy.Crisis Intervention.Positive Psychological interventions: mindfulness.
- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.Parveen Banu R
Effective Leadership
Max. Marks:100 ExamDuration:3Hrs.
PARTA: 10 Questions of 2 marks each – No choice 20 Marks
PARTB: 2 Questions from each unit of internal choice; each carrying 16 Marks 80Marks
|
SPYA 1404 |
Open Elective 4 – Effective Leadership |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
UNIT-I
Meaning -Purpose - Leader in Government -Inner Core of leader - Social Response - Essential Behaviours of Good leaders
UNIT-II -
Characterstis of Leader -Types of Leader -Assessment of Leader - Pros and Cons
UNIT-III
Aspiration of Good Leader, Ethics of Leader, Value, Skills
UNIT-IV
Information and Commetments of leader, Communication and Commetments of Leaders
UNIT-V
Sustainabilty of Good Leader - 360 tools - Educating and Developing leader.
References:
1. Svendsen, A., & Laberge, M. (2007). “FOSTERing” collaborative stakeholder relationships. Notes for Practitioners Series: CoreRelation Consulting, Inc. Retrieved from http://masterfulfacilitation.com/ articles/fostering.pdf
2. Tardanico, S. (2013, January 15) 10 Traits of courageous leaders. Forbes: Leadership. Retrieved from https:// www.forbes.com/sites/susantardanico/2013/01/15/10-traits-of-courageous-leaders/#7b075cbb4fc0
3. Th omas, K., & Kilmann, R. (2002). Confl ict mode instrument. USA: Xicom Inc., subsidiary of CPP, Inc. TNS Employee Insights. (2014). 8 Tips to engage your employees. Retrieved from http://tns.tnsemployeeinsights.com/acton/media/2055/employee-engagement-tips-for-managers
- ஆசிரியர்: Kalaivanan S
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks:100 ExamDuration:3Hrs.
PARTA: 10 Questions of 2 marks each – No choice 20 Marks
PARTB: 2 Questions from each unit of internal choice; each carrying 16 Marks 80Marks
|
SPYA 1602 |
Professional Core 10 – Rehabilitation Science |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
UNIT :I (15Hours)
Rehabilitation psychology: overview and concepts- Nature and scope of rehabilitation psychology- Concepts of ability and disability – Recovery - symptom control and rehabilitation - Establishment of division 22 of APA.
UNIT :II (15 Hours)
Importance and applications - Rehabilitation of addictions - drug and alcohol - Rehabilitation after abuse and violence - Palliative care and pain management - role of psychologists.
UNIT: III (15 Hours)
Rehabilitation of persons with physical disabilities – physical - psycho- social and vocational rehabilitation.
UNIT :IV (15 Hours)
Biopsychosocial and social model –Psychodynamic - behavioural approaches to rehabilitation counseling - Cognitive- behavioural approaches to rehabilitation counselling.
UNIT: V (15 Hours )
Parental care and support systems for persons with disabilities - Assessment of persons with disabilities - Legal issues in rehabilitation for persons with disabilities - overview of PWD act - RCI act - national trust act - United Nations convention on the rights of persons with disabilities.
Books for study
1. Chan, F., Berven, N.L., Thomas, K.R. (2004). Counselling Theories and Techniques for Rehabilitation Health Professionals. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company
2. Falvo, D.R. (2013). Medical and psychosocial aspects of Chronic Illness and disability (5th ed.). Burlington, MA: Jones and Bartlett Learning
3. Frank, G.R., Rosenthal, M., Caplan, B. (2010). Handbook of Rehabilitation Psychology. American Psychological Association.
7. Chan, F., Berven, N.L., Thomas, K.R. (2004). Counselling Theories and Techniques for Rehabilitation Health Professionals. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company.
Books for reference
1. Federici, S. Scherer M.J. (2012). Assistive Technology Assessment Handbook (Eds.). Boca Raton, FL :Taylor and Francis Group.
2. Riggar, T.F. & Maki, D.R. (2004). Handbook of Rehabilitation Counselling (Eds). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company.
3. Stuss, D.T., Winokur, G. & Robertson, I.H. (2008).Cognitive neurorehabilitation. UK: Cambridge University Press.
- ஆசிரியர்: SATHISH KUMAR S
SPYS 1601 | Core Theory 10 – Counseling and Psychotherapy | L | T | P | Credits | Total Marks |
4 | 1 | 0 | 4 | 100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
· To get acquainted with the nature, process, theories and techniques of counseling, guidance and psychotherapy and its application in therapeutic settings.
· To reflect on rehabilitation aspects.
Unit I–Introduction to Psychotherapy (15 hours)
Main features –Objectives of Psychotherapy – Therapeutic process – Therapist qualities- Effectiveness of Psychotherapy – Ethical issues in research and practice. Evidence-based psychotherapies.
Unit II - Psychodynamic therapies(15 hours)
Traditional psychoanalysis: Freud; free association; psychodynamic therapy: theoretical ground.Therapeutic factors: resistance, transference and counter transference, defense mechanisms.Adlerian therapy; Jungian therapy, Contemporary psychoanalytic therapies.Interpretation of dreams.Indian psyche
Unit III–Cognitive-Behavior therapies(15 hours)
Cognitive therapy: Basic principles, theoretical background, history and development. Cognitive conceptualization. Behavior therapy: Basic principles, theoretical background, history and development. Techniques of classical conditioning,operant conditioning.
Unit IV –Humanistic existential therapies(15 hours)
Humanistic therapy: client- centered therapy; meaning of existence and purpose in life, self-actualization, self-psychology. Existential therapy, logo therapy; Gestalt therapy, Group therapy.Humane approach.Spirituality
Unit V –Other forms of Psychotherapy(15 hours)
Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy: Ellis. Couple therapy, marital and family therapy.Crisis Intervention.Positive Psychological interventions: mindfulness.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Remember professional standards of therapeutic counselling practice.
2. Understand the theory and practice of a relational approach to counselling.
3. Evaluate and integrate a range of theoretical approaches into a coherent model of practice.
4. Apply the knowledge, skills and understanding of the reflective practitioner.
5. Create an environment to work competently with diversity and with an anti-oppressive practice.
6. Analyse participation in and potential contribution to the changing (local and global) social, professional and organisational context for therapy.
References:
1.Hersen, M. & Sledge, W. (2002). Encyclopedia of psychotherapy.Academic Press.
2.Yalom, I. (2009). The Gift of Therapy. Harper Perennial: New York.
3.Gobbard, G. Beck, J. Holmes, J. (2007). Oxford Textbook of Psychotherapy. OUP: London.
4.Gerring, R.J. & Zimbardo, P.G. (2006). Psychology and Life. Pearson.
- ஆசிரியர்: KINJARI K
Unit I: Motivation (15 hours)
Motivation – Meaning - Approaches-Instinct - Drive reduction - Arousal – Incentive -, Cognitive - Humanistic- Maslow’s Need hierarchy – Types-Physiological Motivation [Hunger, Thirst, Sex, Maternal drive] - Psychological motivation [Achievement, Affiliation, Power, Parenting.
Unit II: Intelligence and Assessments(15 Hours)
Concepts and nature of Individual differences – Intelligence - Theories of intelligence- factor and cognitive theories - Characteristics of Intelligence tests - Types of Intelligence tests - Determinants of Intelligence.
Unit III: Emotion (15 Hours)
Emotion - Meaning - Physiological basis of emotions – Theories-James Lange Theory - Cannon Bard Theory - Cognitive Theory.
Unit IV : Personality (15 Hours)
Definition - Approaches – Psychodynamic – Humanistic - Social – Cognitive approach - Assessment of Personality – Questionnaire - Rating Scales and Projective tests – Characteristics - Advantages and disadvantages.
Unit V: Altered States of Consciousness (15 Hours)
Consciousness – Nature – Waking - Sleep and Daydreaming - Biological Rhythms – Circadian - Stages - Dreams-Content, Links between dreams and waking .
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. To understand the concepts of basic psychological processes, systems and methods underlying human behaviour.
2. To evaluate the various theories in Psychology.
3. To apply the principles of psychology in day-to-day life for a better understanding of the self and others, particularly pertaining to the Indian context.
4. To remember the dynamics of the important cognitive processes.
5. To create and evaluate interventions and strategies and enhance the basic as well as higher-order cognitive functions.
6. Students will be able to identify the major fields of study and theoretical perspectives within psychology and analyse their similarities and differences.
References:
1.Morgan,C.T, King,R.A., Weisz,J.R., and Schopler,J. (2004). Introduction to Psychology, 7th
edition,24th reprint.NewDelhi:TataMcGraw-Hill.
2. Baron, R.A. (1996). Psychology. 3ed. New Delhi: Prentice Hall.
3. Lahey, B. B. (1998). Psychology: An Introduction. New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill.
4. Feldman, R. S. (2002). Understanding Psychology. New Delhi: Tata Mc Graw Hill.
5. Bootzin, R. R., Bower, G. H., Crocker, J., & Hall, E. (1991). Psychology Today. London: Mc Graw Hill.

- ஆசிரியர்: Kalaivanan S
- ஆசிரியர்: SUBIKKSHA S
SPYA1302 - Life Span Development
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
· To explore the various influences on child and adolescent development processes.
· To explore the psychology of exceptional children.
· To explore the various influences on development processes concerning adulthood and aging, taking into consideration the individual, familial and societal contexts.
Unit I : INTRODUCTION (15 hours)
Developmental Psychology - Conception, Pregnancy,And Birth - Stages of Pregnancy –Conception –Implantation -The first trimester -The second trimester - The third trimester - Prenatal Care - Drug use during pregnancy - -Stages of Childbirth - The postpartum stage of childbirth
Unit II : INFANCY AND EARLY CHILDHOOD(15 hours)
Physical and cognitive development- Reflexes and motor skills -Sensation and perception- Psychosocial development – Family Relationships -Attachment – Parenting -Sexuality in Infancy and Toddlerhood - Gender Development - Gender identity -Psychological and social influences on gender identity - Gender roles early childhood: physical and Cognitive development –psychosocial development.
Unit III : MIDDLE CHILDHOOD and ADOLESCENCE(15 hours)
Physical And Congnitive Development –Physical Development in Middle Childhood and Adolescence- Physical changes - Brain and nervous system development - Motor skills – Health - Cognitive Development in Middle Childhood and Adolescence - Self-Concept - Social Cognition - Family Relationships - Peer Pressure - Sexuality in Middle Childhood
Unit IV : Early Adulthood and Middle Adulthood(15 hours)
Physical And Cognitive Development - Physical Development In Early Adulthood And Middle Adulthood – Health in Adulthood - Intellectual Development in Adulthood - Independence In Early Adulthood - Establishing A Career - Psychosocial Development - Crisis -Relationships In Middle Adulthood
Unit V :LATE ADULTHOOD (15 hours)
Physical Development in Late Adulthood - Health in Late Adulthood - Dementia and Alzheimer’s disease - Intelligence and Memory - Relationships - Late adulthood and sexuality - Relationships with adult children - Elderly abuse - Relationships with grandchildren .
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand theory and research in physical, cognitive, communication, emotional, and social development of the Child , Adolescence and adult.
2. Understand the physical, cognitive, communication, emotional, and social development of the infant and child..
3. Apply knowledge of infant and child development to facilitate and understanding of developmental outcomes.
References:
1.Papilla, Diane E, Olds, Sally Wendoks(1992): Human Development, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co
2.Shaffer, David R. (1996): Developmental Psychology, IV Edition, Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.
3.Hurlock, E.: Developmental Psychology (1980), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
- ஆசிரியர்: SATHISH KUMAR S
Unit I: Introduction to Statistics (15 hours)
Introduction to Statistics: the meaning of statistics - Need and importance of statistics in psychology - Prerequisites for studying statistics- Descriptive and inferential statistics - Frequency Distribution and Graphic representation of data: Histogram - Bar diagram - Pie Chart - Scatter Plot.
Unit II: Measures of Central Tendency and Variability (15 hours)
Computation of Mean, Median and Mode and their uses. Measures of variability: Computation of quartile and standard deviations - Cumulative distribution - Percentiles standard scores and their uses. Normal distribution curve: Characteristics and application - Kurtosis and Skewness.
Unit III: Parametric tests (15 hours)
Correlations: Meaning and methods – Characteristics - Pearson’s Product Moment Correlation - Point-Biserial Correlation and Phi - Biserial and Tetrachoric Correlation - Tests of Significance: t- test - Analysis of Variance (ANOVA): One way and Two way Analysis of Variance,
Unit IV: Non-parametric tests (15 hours)
Spearman’s Rank Correlation –Regression: Simple linear regression – Multiple Regression - Chi Square Test - Wilcoxon signed rank test - Mann- Whitney U test - Kruskal-Wallis (KW) test - Friedman's test
Unit V: Test construction and standardization (15 hours)
Characteristics of a good test - Steps in test construction: Item-analysis - determination of item difficulty - item discrimination - problems of item analysis - Introduction to SPSS: Meaning- Uses of SPSS in Statistics and Research.

- ஆசிரியர்: KRISHNAPRIYA B
|
SPYB4001 |
Personality Development |
L |
T |
P |
EL |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
0 |
0 |
4 |
100 |
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
To enable the students to
· Understand the meaning and nature of personality
· Analyze their attitudes for personal enrichment
· Understand the concept of motivation and achievement motivation
· Maintain healthy relationships with others in turn developing personalities
UNIT – I: Meaning and Nature of Personality 15 Hours
Personality: Definitions, Meanings, Elements of personality, Types of Personality, Determinants of personality, Personality SWOT Analysis.
UNIT – II: Personality Enrichment 15 Hours
Self esteem, Self concept, Advantages of high self esteem, Characteristics of people with high and low self esteem, Steps to building positive self esteem, Attitude, Factors that determine our attitude., Benefits of a positive attitude and consequences of a negative attitude, Steps to building a positive attitude.
UNIT – III: Motivation 15 Hours
Motivation: Meaning and nature, The difference between inspiration and motivation, Motivation redefined, External motivation vs. Internal motivation, Achievement motivation
UNIT – IV: Success 15 Hours
Defining success-Real or imagined obstacles to success, Qualities that make a person successful, Reasons for failure – Interpersonal skills, Dealing with seniors, colleagues, juniors, customers, suppliers at the workplace.
UNIT – V: Positive Relationships & Personality 15 Hours
Positive Relationships – Factors that prevent building and maintaining positive relationships, the difference between ego and pride, the difference between selfishness and self interest, Steps for building a positive personality, Body language: understanding body language, Projecting positive body language.
COURSE OUTCOMES
1. To understand different elements of personality
2. They can able to know different types of Personality
3. Students can understand determinants of personality
4. To understand advantages of high self esteem
5. Students will be able to acquire the skills to manage time and relationship
6. Students can identify the factors that prevent building and maintaining positive relationships
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
- Nathan Dorman (2004) Personality Development Abishek Publication, New Delhi.
- Jafar Mahmud (2004) Introduction to Psychology APH Publishing Corporation, New Delhi.
- Zig Ziglar (2000) See You at the Top Magna Publishing Co. Ltd., Mumbai.
- Shiv Khera (1998) You can win MacMillan India Ltd., New Delhi.
- Walter Doyle Staples (2000) Think Like a Winner Magna Publishing co. Ltd., Mumbai\
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks: 100 Exam Duration: 3Hrs.
PART - A: 10 Questions of 2 marks each – No choice 20 Marks
PART - B: 2 Questions from each UNIT of internal choice; each carrying 16 Marks 80 Marks
- ஆசிரியர்: SUBIKKSHA S
|
SPYA1604 |
Professional Elective II – Stress Management
|
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Total Marks |
|
3 |
1 |
|
4 |
100 |
Objectives
1. To understand how the stressors will change the Life events or life change events.
2. To know the different Theories of Stress.
3. To highlight the different types of relaxation technique to reduce stress.
Unit-I (15 hours)
Introduction: The science and sources of stress – Stress and health – Types of stress –concept of stress – Causes of stress –Theories of stress - Response-based concept of stress - Event-based concept of stress
Unit –II (15 hours)
Stressors -Life events or life change events -Chronic stressors -Effects of stress on the body -Enhancing awareness about managing stress - The health belief model and its application to stress management: an in -depth investigation.
Unit – III (15 hours)
Relaxation: Meaning – Sleep – Sleep related disorders - Relaxation techniques: yoga and meditation –Biofeedback -Progressive muscle relaxation - Autogenic training -Visual imagery - Self-hypnosis - Humor, stress, and relaxation - Mindfulness meditation.
Unit IV (15 hours)
Coping mechanisms: Method Based on Rational Emotive Therapy-Method Based on Simplified Kundalini Yoga -Method Based on Gestalt Therapy - Systematic Desensitization - Cognitive Behavioral Therapy -Regular physical activity and exercise.
Unit –V (15 hours)
Implementing a Stress Reduction Plan: Importance of implementing a plan - Stages of change - Determining goals, objectives, and targets: goal setting: Establishing objectives - Deciding targets -Social support.
- ஆசிரியர்: Kalaivanan S
M.Sc (Mathematics)
|
SMEB1303 |
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS |
L |
T |
P |
Credits |
Max.Marks 100 |
|
3 |
* |
0 |
3 |
OBJECTIVE:
- To study the aspects of Strength, Stiffness and Stability.
- To gain knowledge of different types of stresses, strain and deformation induced in the components due to external loads.
- To study the distribution of various stresses in the elements such as beams, shafts etc.
- To study the effect of component dimensions and shapes on the stresses and deformations.
UNIT 1: STRESS STRAIN DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS 9 Hrs
Rigid and Deformable bodies – Strength, Stiffness and Stability – Stresses; Tensile, Compressive and Shear –Deformation of simple and compound bars under axial load – Thermal stresses and strains. Elastic constants – Relation between Elastic constants - Strain energy and unit strain energy – Strain energy in uniaxial loads.
UNIT 2: ANALYSIS OF STRESSES IN TWO DIMENSIONS 9 Hrs
Principal planes and stresses – Mohr’s circle for biaxial stresses – Maximum shear stress - simple problems- Stresses on inclined plane. Biaxial state of stresses – Thin cylindrical and spherical shells – Deformation in thin cylindrical and spherical shells – Efficiency of joint- Effect of Internal Pressure.
UNIT 3: BEAMS - LOADS AND STRESSES 9 Hrs
Types of beams - Supports and Loads – Shear force and Bending Moment in beams – Cantilever, Simply supported andOverhanging beams – SFD and BMD for inclined loads and couples.Stresses in beams – Theory of simple bending – Stress variation along the length and in the beam section – Effect of shape of beam section on stress induced.
UNIT 4: TORSION 9 Hrs
Analysis of torsion of circular bars – Shear stress distribution – Bars of Solid and hollow circular section – Stepped shaft – Twist and torsion stiffness – Composite shafts Springs - Laminated springs, axial load and twisting moment acting simultaneously both for open and closed coiled springs– Deflection of helical coil springs under axial loads – stresses in helical coil springs under torsion.
UNIT 5: BEAM DEFLECTION 9 Hrs
Columns – End conditions – Equivalent length of a column – Euler equation – Slenderness ratio – Rankine Gordon formula for columns.Elastic curve of Neutral axis of the beam under normal loads – Evaluation of beam deflection and slope: Double integration method, Macaulay Method, and Moment-area Method.
Max.45Hours
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, student will be able to
CO1: Understand the fundamentals of Stress and Elastic Constants.
CO2: Understand the concept of Principal stresses and thin shells.
CO3: Construct Shear force & Bending moment diagram and Bending stress.
CO4: Apply the Concept of Torsion for Circular Shafts and Understand the concept of Springs.
CO5: Understand the theory of Column and Beam deflection.
CO6: Analyze overall deflection aspects related to Strength, Stiffness and Stability.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bansal R.K., “Strength of Materials”, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,Fifth Edition,2012
2. Punmia B.C. & Jain A.K., Mechanics of Materials, ,Laxmi Publications,2001
3. Ryder G.H, “Strength of Materials, Macmillan India Ltd”., Third Edition, 2002
4. Ray Hulse, Keith Sherwin & Jack Cain, “Solid Mechanics”, Palgrave ANE Books,2004.
5. Allan F. Bower, Applied Mechanics of Solids, CRC Press, 2009, 820 pages.
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks

- ஆசிரியர்: HEMANANDH J
- ஆசிரியர்: LAKSHMI SANKAR S
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To help students learn and analyze the various content in media so that they are aware of the content produced in media.
To understand how media constructs reality and to choose right tool to analyze content provided in print and electronic medium.
UNIT 1 MEDIA CONTENT
Media Content - Media text as arrangements of signs – Narrative, genre - discourse analysis –Text, intertextuality & context - institutions & ways of seeing discourse analysis – sources - technologies of the gallery & museum
UNIT 2 MARXISM & IDEOLOGY
Media as Manipulators: Marxism & Ideology – culture industry as mass deception – ideological meanings –arguments and criticisms – communication flows & consumer resistance, Media & public sphere - nation as imagined community - digital dilution of nation
UNIT 3 PSYCHOANALYSIS
Psychoanalysis: visual culture, visual pleasure & visual disruption – subjectivity, sexuality & conscious Audience studies : audience, fans, users , ethnographies of visual objects
UNIT 4 COMPOSITIONAL INTERPRETATION
Critical study of visual methodology –production –image – compositional interpretation: technology & image production – media ,gender & sexuality : construction of femininity , patriarchal romance & domesticity – empowering – media & masculinities.
UNIT 5 SEMIOLOGY
From quality to quantity: content analysis : introduction - four steps to content analysis – semiological study – selecting images for study - sign making meaning processes – social semiotics

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr. A R VIMAL RAJ
The Visual Narrative Method course provides a comprehensive introduction to the theories and concepts that shape storytelling through visual media. Students will begin by exploring visual semiotics, which involves understanding how signs, symbols, and images create meaning. The course then delves into the basic elements of narrative structure, such as plot, character, and setting, and how these are expressed visually. Key topics include the principles of composition, the use of perspective, and the way time and motion are depicted in visual storytelling.In addition, the course examines how different cultures and societies interpret visual narratives, highlighting the impact of cultural context on audience perception. Ethical considerations are also addressed, particularly in terms of how people, cultures, and events are represented in visual media. By studying a variety of genres and engaging with real-world examples, students will learn how visual narratives can both reflect and influence societal values and ideologies.Throughout the course, students will engage in critical analysis of visual narratives, applying theoretical frameworks to deepen their understanding. The course culminates in a final project where students will choose a visual narrative to analyze in detail, allowing them to apply their knowledge and develop strong analytical skills. This course is designed to prepare students for advanced studies or careers in fields like media studies, film theory, and visual communication.
- ஆசிரியர்: Prasanna Lakshmi S
TEXTILE PROCESSING
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
- To enable the students to learn the preparatory steps of Textile wet processing
- To impart knowledge on various dyeing techniques.
- To provide the details printing and textile finishing.
UNIT I
Introduction - Wet processing- Areas and importance Production sequence of textile fabrics- flowchart. Process of removing impurities from fabrics – Singeing, Desizing, Scouring, Bleaching, Mercerizing.
UNIT II
Dyeing - Classification of dyes -Stages of dyeing - Different methods - Fiber dyeing - Stock Dyeing - Top Dyeing Yarn Dyeing - Methods – Skein Dyeing, Package dyeing, Warp beam Dyeing.Fabric Dyeing - Open Width Dyeing, Rope form Dyeing.Garment Dyeing - Methods – Exhaust Process, Continuous process.Colorfastness- Special dyeing effects cross dyeing- Union -Dyeing - tone on tone- Imperfections in dyeing.
Textile printing – Introduction - Method of printing - Block, Stencil, Hand -Screen, automatic Screen – Rotary- Screen, Roller, Ink -jet and Heat transfer Printing. Styles of printing - Direct Printing, Discharge Printing Resist Printing. Blotch Printing, Warp Printing - Burn- out Printing – Duplex Printing - Engineered print.
UNIT-IV
Fabric Printing - Fabric printing through vegetable blocks- Fabric resist-dyeing techniques. Silk painting using wax- urea and rock salt resists- Tie & Dye- Batik. Handmade Flock printing- Quilting by Hand, Imperfection in Printing. Fabric performance testing - Fabric test- Surface friction test- Appearance test- Functional test- Colorfastness.
UNIT V
Textile finishing - Classification of finishes- Aesthetic finishes and Functional finishes - Wrinkle-free finishes, Water repellent, Soil release finish, Special purpose finish, Anti-bacterial finish, Silicon finish, Denim finish. Fabric Care Labeling - Environmental Issues.

- ஆசிரியர்: Savithiri S
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE – I
TRADITIONAL SURFACE ORNAMENTATION
COURSE OBJECTIVES:- To impart basic skills in hand embroidering techniques, surface designing, and other ornamentation techniques.
- To introduce the students to various traditional embroidery techniques of India.
- To create awareness of the heritage of traditional embroideries of Indian culture.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
- Hand embroidery – Outline stitches, Filling Stitches, Decorative Stitches.
- Embroidery of North India – Chamba Rumal of Himachal Pradesh, Kashidha of Kashmir, Phulkari of Punjab.
- Embroidery of Southern India - Kasuti of Karnataka.
- Embroidery of Central India - Chikankari of Uttar Pradesh.
- Embroidery of Eastern India- Kantha of West Bengal, Sujani of Bihar, Pipli appliqué of Orissa.
- Embroidery of Western India- Kutch of Gujarat, Mirror work of Rajasthan.
- Embroidery of Tribal India – Toda Embroidery of Tamilnadu .

SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE – I
TRADITIONAL SURFACE ORNAMENTATIONEmbroidery is an art of decorating cloth with needlework using different types of thread to create fascinating designs. Embroidery can also be defined as an art of using stitches as an adorning feature by embellishing fabric or other material with designs, stitches in strands of threads on yarn using a needle. Embroidery may also include other materials like pearls, beads, sequins, etc. Embroidery is a craft of enhancing fabric with motifs, abstract design, patterns. Embroidery varies according to its underlying foundation fabric and whether the design is stitched on the top or through the base fabric.
Indian embroidery includes a wide variety of regional embroidery styles varying by different regions and materials used. Embroidery is India’s persistent eloquent tradition. Every state and region in India enjoys its own style. Needlework is not the only means of decorating the fabric but the fabrics are also embellished by stories of the community, with motifs emerging from natural surroundings, religious inscriptions, economic state, etc.
COURSE OBJECTIVES:
· To impart basic skills in hand embroider techniques, surface designing and other ornamentation techniques.
· To introduce the students to various traditional embroidery techniques of India.
· To create awareness on heritage of traditional embroideries of Indian culture.
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Hand embroidery – Outline stitches, Filling Stitches, Decorative Stitches.
2. Embroidery of North India – Chamba Rumal of Himachal Pradesh, Kashidha of Kashmir, Phulkari of Punjab.
3. Embroidery of Southern India - Kasuti of Karnataka.
4. Embroidery of Central India - Chikankari of Uttar Pradesh.
5. Embroidery of Eastern India- Kantha of West Bengal, Sujani of Bihar, Pipli appliqué of Orissa.
6. Embroidery of Western India- Kutch of Gujarat, Mirror work of Rajasthan.
7. Embroidery of Tribal India – Toda Embroidery of Tamilnadu .
COURSE OUTCOMES
Handmade items are recaptured as new personification and the manifestation of luxury. Many ancient embroidery styles are being reclaimed and popularized. These embroidery styles are not only gaining its acceptance among the Indian designers but are also very popular with the International labels. Mumbai is a trade hub for many luxury brands chasing Indian embroidery.
On successful completion of the course, the students will able to
CO1: Identification of regional embroideries developed by various communities
CO2: Understand the origin of technique and design with reference to colours, motifs, layouts of different
embroidered textiles.
CO3: Appreciate the finer nuances of embroideries.
CO4: learn about the evolution of embroidered textiles over a period of time

- ஆசிரியர்: Krithika S
Traffic Characteristics and Forecasting
Traffic Surveys
Traffic Regulatory Measures
Traffic Safety and Environment
Traffic Management

- ஆசிரியர்: Dr.V.Sampathkumar .
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the concept of transmission lines types, various line parameters, waveguide types and resonators.
To Characterize and analyze the transmission line parameters and Acquire knowledge about the waveguides and resonators.
To analyze transmission lines for various frequencies and also smith-charts.

- ஆசிரியர்: MUTHIAH M. A
Momentum Transfer
Heat transfer
Mass transfer
Fluid flow processes
Analogy and flow measurement

- ஆசிரியர்: Sathish S




































